Life Magazines (North London editions) May 2025

The perfect blend of elegance and comfort.

Consultant Plastic Surgeon

Professional | Approachable | Bespoke

Focus On: Skin Lesions A skin lesion is an abnormal area of skin which differs in appearance to surrounding skin, including moles, cysts, lipomas, birthmarks, blemishes, sun or age-related skin changes and skin tags.

Surgery is sometimes necessary for moles that have changed in appearance, lumps, bumps, and skin cancers. Freeze treatment with cryotherapy is also a useful treatment for benign skin lesions that do not require surgery

Who is it for?

Skin lesions can present in any skin type of any age from babies right through to the elderly. Chris can treat patients of all ages.

Why have surgery?

In some cases it is medically advised in order to provide a diagnosis, for example when a suspicious looking mole has changed. In other cases, skin lesions may catch on clothing, cause pain or make patients self-conscious; especially if a lesion is on a visible part of the face or body. Treatments are aimed at improving quality of life.

What are the types of treatment?

Surgery for skin lesions are typically performed under local anaesthetic in the outpatient department. Options are dependant on the specific issue and the necessary trade-off with scarring. They include cryotherapy, shave removal, or complete surgical excision. Scars can occasionally be treated with steroid injections.

More information is available at www.chrisabela.co.uk

Chris Abela is an experienced cosmetic surgeon and has trained in several leading skin cancer specialist units.

He prides himself on providing each individual with a professional, bespoke and compassionate approach with a gentle bedside manner and discretion at the heart of every consultation.

He has clinics at 84 Harley Street, 102 Sydney Street, Chelsea and at Wimbledon Parkside.

If you have any questions, please contact Chris at info@chrisabela.co.uk or on 0203 545 2990

PRIVATE JETS & HELICOPTERS, FROM ANYWHERE, TO ANYWHERE.

+44 1403 237 010 oxygen_aviation life@oxygen.aero

Photographer Paul Craig

Established in 2004, Cochrane Design is a leading provider of comprehensive interior and architectural design services for private clients, property developers, and hoteliers throughout the UK and internationally. With a reputation for creativity, precision, and excellence, the studio offers end-to-end project delivery — from initial concept through to construction, installation, and final detailing.

Under the direction of Creative Director Sean Cochrane, the company brings together a highly skilled team of designers, architects, project coordinators, and master craftsmen. Their integrated approach ensures that every stage of the design and build process is carefully managed and meticulously executed to the highest standards.

Cochrane Design specialises in creating bespoke environments that blend functionality with refined elegance. Each project is tailored to reflect the individual lifestyle, aspirations, and aesthetic of the client, resulting in spaces that are both timeless and distinctive.

Cochrane Design, Britannia House, Britannia Way, Chelsea Design Quarter, London, SW6 2HJ Tel: 0207 751 0075 | Email: sean@cochranedesign.com WWW.COCHRANEDESIGN.COM

WE NEVER SELL THE SAME

Your wedding day is something that you want to cherish forever. The most memorable days often require months of sleepless nights and endless logistical conundrums, but 1SW Events is here to help take over the stresses of planning a wedding and use our 20 plus years of collective expertise and industry knowledge to help you realise the day of your dreams.

Trusted throughout the industry as masters of our trade, we’re known for tearing up the rule book and throwing it out of the window. Where others say We can’t we like to say We can.

WEDDING TWICE! We are proud to say we’re trusted by some of the most prestigious venues across the UK. We’ve put together décor and planning at the likes of The Dorchester, V&A Museum, Grosvenor House and many more.

OUR SERVICES INCLUDE: • Ceremony Decor • Table Decor • Fresh Flowers • Furniture Hire • Room Design & Layout • Pre-Wedding Events Decor • Lighting & Production • 3D rendering • Destination Wedding Services For enquiries or to discuss your event, feel free to reach us at: Call us now: 0203 468 9394 Email: info@1swevents.com For more information, visit our website: www.1swevents.com 1SW Events Unit 53-55 Barking Industrial Park Alfred’s Way, Barking, Essex, IG11 0TJ

M AY 2 0 2 5 2 3

LOC AL

Ignite the Moment: Fire Reimagined for Modern Living The Glowbus® Dewdrop — a sculptural fire experience where timeless tradition meets modern elegance.

Discover the experience at www.gardenchefs.co.uk. Search Glowbus.

GARDEN CHEFS Email: sales@gardenchefs.co.uk Tel: 01383 669 190 Option 4

Handpicked luxury outdoor living

“All my life I have been fascinated by fire and artistic construction. I am sharing this passion with the world through the Glowbus® collection. It gives me pleasure, every day, to experience the gratitude of customers who are discovering and enjoying this new world of fire. Being part of that is a privilege I cherish. It inspires me to continue expanding the collection and the entire experience surrounding it.”

– Andreas Ketels, Artist & founder of Glowbus® www.gardenchefs.co.uk. Search for Glowbus Email: sales@gardenchefs.co.uk Tel: 01383 669 190 Option 4 For product information contact Matthew Bluck

LIFE MAGAZINES

The Connaught, the legendary Mayfair hotel on Carlos Place, has launched ‘The Connaught Suite Collection’ as part of its recently restored suites and rooms programme.

The five star fully butler serviced hotel is now offering a carefully curated range of insuite experiences that reflect the elevated art of fine living ‘Connaught style’.

Step into the serene world of Japanese carpentry at Japan House London’s free exhibition The Craft of Carpentry: Drawing Life from Japan’s Forests, open until 8 July. This captivating exhibition transports visitors from the living forests that sustain the craft to the celebrated structures it has produced.

The world’s largest three-day polo festival is back and kicking off London’s social calendar at Hurlingham Park, Fulham. Set across three incredible days, the international polo event will feature teams from across the globe, the impressive Fulham food festival with an array of new food and drink partners, hospitality with a pitch side view, a new VIP area, plus fun for all the family on Sunday.

The greatest flower show on earth returns to Royal Hospital Chelsea with stunning garden designs, gorgeous floral displays and exclusive shopping. Over a century old, and RHS Chelsea still delivers new ideas in horticulture – drawing a global crowd and is the ‘haute-couture’ of the international gardening scene.

Faye Manning Editor

EDITOR FAYE MANNING EDITORIAL ASSISTANT KATIE MILLER SUB EDITOR NICHOLAS PETER FASHION EDITOR LARA ACCISON DESIGN & PRODUCTION LISA WADE SOCIAL MEDIA PARKER JONES ACCOUNT MANAGERS VANESSA LANE, NICOLA DREW, LISA WESTERMAN ACCOUNTS TRACEY HALLS, ANDREE GEORGIOU DIRECTORS RORY SMITH, PATRICK SMITH PUBLISHED BY FISH MEDIA GROUP LTD 0844 800 8439 WWW.THELIFEMAGAZINES.COM LIFEMAGAZINES © All Rights Reserved. Life Magazines are copyrighted and may not be reproduced in any form either in part or whole without written permission from the publishers. Whilst Fish Media Group Ltd. takes every reasonable precaution, no responsibility can be accepted for any property, services or products offered in these publications and any loss arising therefrom. Whilst every care is taken with all materials submitted to Life Magazines, the publisher cannot accept any responsibility for the loss or damage to such material. Fish Media Group Ltd. reserves the right to reject or accept any advertisement, article or material prior to publication. Opinions expressed are strictly those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the views or policies of Fish Media Group Ltd. We accept no liability for any mistakes and no responsibility can be taken for the content of these pages.

LOC AL

STUDIO

I

434 ACTION CARS

A Curated Library of Motion

n the realm of visual storytelling, few elements possess the quiet authority of a well-chosen vehicle. A 1960s Jaguar gliding through a misted London street or a weathered Transit van idling at the kerb—such moments lend cinematic texture, authenticity, and emotional depth. For directors and creatives in pursuit of these qualities, Studio434 Action Cars stands as an indispensable collaborator.

Situated in Hertfordshire and founded upon one of Europe’s most extensive private car collections, Studio434 is more than a provider of vehicles— it is a curator of narrative resonance. Its fleet, spanning over a century of automotive evolution, offers filmmakers an unparalleled resource: a living archive where engineering, design, and history converge.

At its core is the extraordinary collection of Rodger Dudding—entrepreneur, collector, and passionate custodian of motoring heritage.

Housing over 400 meticulously preserved vehicles, Studio434’s dual-site facility operates as both a

3 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

working archive and a cinematic toolkit. Every car is maintained with an eye for originality, ensuring historical and visual fidelity.

Studio434’s reputation has been forged across acclaimed productions including The Crown, Peaky Blinders, and Top Gear, where its expertise and attention to detail have become synonymous with reliability and artistic integrity. Vehicles are supplied with full technical support, ensuring seamless integration into even the most demanding shoots.

What distinguishes Studio434 is an understanding that vehicles are not merely background—they are narrative devices in their own right. They frame eras, define characters, and evoke atmospheres that linger beyond the screen.

In an age dominated by digital fabrication, the tangible presence of a period-correct, beautifully preserved automobile retains an unmatched potency. Studio434 Action Cars offers not just access to iconic vehicles, but an invitation to imbue motion with meaning—and storytelling with soul.

THE DETAILS For more details visit studio434.co.uk Follow on Instagram@434actioncars Email: enquiry@studio434.co.uk Tel: 01707 642514

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 3

LOC AL FEATURE

BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS MAJESTY THE KING

ASTON MARTIN RECEIVES THE ROYAL WARRANT

H

aving created elite performance cars for over a century Aston Martin have received this prestigious seal of approval.

The Royal Warrant is an institution with a history that stretches back centuries and a commitment that reaches into the future. Aston Martin are honoured to receive this Warrant from King Charles III. It’s a continuation of a story that dates back to 1982 when the company was first granted a Royal Warrant as a Motor Car Manufacturer and Repairer to The Prince of Wales.

Then as now, a Royal Warrant was a finite accolade, awarded for a period of five years.

For a warrant to be issued or renewed, a brand must demonstrate a continued commitment to excellence. An ongoing dedication to standards not easily attained. It cannot be bought. It cannot be sponsored. It’s a recognition of the products that the Royal Household itself chooses. Founded

3 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

in 1484, the College of Arms is responsible for creating and maintaining official registers of coats of arms. Their release of the Royal Crest created for King Charles III means we can now formally apply the prestigious Royal Arms.

The relationship between Aston Martin and the Royal Family started in earnest over 70 years ago, when Prince Philip, the Duke of Edinburgh, purchased a Lagonda Drophead Coupé in 1954.

Used extensively by the Duke, the car was even winched aboard the royal yacht Britannia to accompany him on his Commonwealth Tour in 1956-1957. in 1964, Queen Elizabeth II visited Aston Martin’s then headquarters at Newport Pagnell, Buckinghamshire, to celebrate the global success of DB5. A car that became an instant symbol of style, speed and the very best of British after starring in the James Bond film released the same year, Goldfinger.

“The Royal Warrant is an institution with a history that stretches back centuries and a commitment that reaches into the future”

FEATURE

To mark that royal visit, Aston Martin engineers built a drivable miniature replica of the DB5, complete with dummy machine guns, raisable bulletproof shield, electric water jets, smokescreen device and a two-way radio. Capable of a top speed of 10mph, the miniature car, complete with rotating numberplate registration JB 007, was a much-loved toy for the late Queen’s children. It’s now displayed in the museum at Sandringham.

In 1969, the Queen and Prince Philip’s association with Aston Martin continued when they bought the Prince of Wales (now King Charles III) an Aston Martin DB6 Volante Series II in Seychelles Blue. Perhaps the most iconic of all the Aston Martins that the King has owned over the years, the same car was used at the wedding of Prince William and Catherine, Princess of Wales in 2011.

As the King said, “It is one of the great cars. I adore the design and the lines. They are special. I remember Lord Snowdon had a marvellous DB5 in a beautiful gunmetal colour. It was always the car to have.” As part of the King’s commitment to sustainability, his DB6 has since been converted to run on E85 bioethanol, minimising its carbon emissions.

This intriguing combination of traditional craftsmanship and contemporary innovation

3 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

“It is one of the great cars. I adore the design and the lines. They are special. I remember Lord Snowdon had a marvellous DB5 in a beautiful gunmetal colour. It was always the car to have”

reflects the Aston Martin approach to car building, which draws on a legacy of passion, skill, and creativity stretching back 112 years.

The quilting and perforating technology that won the innovation category in the prestigious King’s Award for Enterprise in 2024 is a perfect example. Digital control has opened up a world of bespoke tailoring that would not be possible with traditional methods. This allows Q by Aston Martin division to craft personalised patterns that also enhance the cooling function of the seats.

Blending exclusivity and design with invention.

The Royal Warrant is an honour that Aston Martin is proud to bear in the form of the Royal Coat of Arms. By appointment to His Majesty the King. astonmartin.com

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 7

LOC AL

THE CONNAUGHT SUITE COLLECTION Showcasing the very best of the iconic Mayfair hotel

T

he Connaught, the legendary Mayfair hotel on Carlos Place, has launched ‘The Connaught Suite Collection’ as part of its recently restored suites and rooms programme.

The five star fully butler serviced hotel is now offering a carefully curated range of in-suite experiences that reflect the elevated art of fine living ‘Connaught style’. From chilled martinis mixed directly from The Connaught Bar (voted best bar in the world) to delectable cakes from master Pâtissier Nicolas Rouzaud to bespoke in suite massages from the magical hands of the Aman Spa wellness team. Extra detailed suite touches even include the ultimate shoeshine service from renowned shoemakers John Lobb (shining shoes since 1866).

Suite guests can now also access The Connaught Cinematic Collection of films edited by the British Film Institute. These films all feature iconic Hollywood stars and longstanding guests of the

3 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

hotel, from Lauren Bacall (To Have and Have Not) to Alfred Hitchcock (The 39 Steps), from Vivien Leigh (A Streetcar Named Desire) to Jack Nicholson (Chinatown) and Grace Kelly (Rear Window) to Warren Beatty (Bonnie and Clyde) highlighting their enduring appeal and much like The Connaught, forever in fashion.

Commenting on the launch of The Connaught Suite Collection, General Manager Sandeep Bhalla said “We have such a rich choice of wonderful experiences on offer at The Connaught, it felt only right that that for the first time, we can now offer them to our guests in the privacy of their elegant suites. We can even provide our own Connaught Concert Pianist to play should the mood call for it!”

The recent room and suite restoration at The Connaught was spearheaded by lead designer Guy Oliver, as well as architect Michael Blair and David Collins Studio who helped created the 34 highly individual suites. From the Terrace Suite, a contemporary hideaway with its own

terrace overlooking the rooftops of Mayfair, to the sophisticated Library Suite, to the elegant classicism of the Sutherland suite complete with grand piano, and of course the notable King’s Lodge and Prince’s Lodge, brought to life by the skilled artisans of the Turquoise Mountain Foundation.

The Connaught is rich in distinguished culinary heritage. Home to three Michelin starred Hélène Darroze at The Connaught, The Connaught Bar, twice voted Best in the world, global super chef Jean-Georges Vongerichten’s eponymous restaurant and The Connaught Grill remodelled by renowned woodworker Mira Nakashima. In addition, the hotel includes The Coburg Bar with its exclusive whisky selection, The Connaught Cigar Merchants and the recently renamed Nicolas Rouzaud at The Connaught home to the finest patisserie in town.

Each Suite at The Connaught includes: ‘The Connaught Cinematic Collection’ – a list of specially curated of films by the British Film Institute to reflect and celebrate the legendary

Prince Rainier of Monaco and Princess Grace at The Connaught

ABOUT THE CONNAUGHT

stars who have stayed at this Mayfair institution – perfect for the ultimate night in.

• Invitation to the John Lobb Shoeshine Chair created by the renowned shoemakers • Complimentary 24-hour personal butler service • Complimentary chilled bottle of Billecart-Salmon Champagne on arrival • Complimentary welcome amenity from Nicolas Rouzaud at The Connaught • Complimentary welcome cocktail • Complimentary unpacking and packing service • In room treatments available from the Aman Spa at The Connaught

In the heart of London’s Mayfair, The Connaught, part of Maybourne, blends contemporary style, classic English character and impeccable service to create the ultimate in sophistication. Rooms and suites to suit every mood, exquisite cuisine from Hélène Darroze and Jean-Georges Vongerichten, the charm of The Connaught and Coburg Bars, and Europe’s first Aman Spa make this the perfect place to rest, relax and dine in style. www.theconnaught.co.uk

Suites at The Connaught start from £1,440 inclusive of VAT and to book please visit the-connaught.co.uk.

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 9

LOC AL

JAPAN HOUSE LONDON

S

tep into the serene world of Japanese carpentry at Japan House London’s free exhibition The Craft of Carpentry: Drawing Life from Japan’s Forests, open until 8 July. This captivating exhibition transports visitors from the living forests that sustain the craft to the celebrated structures it has produced.

At the heart of this journey are Japan’s daiku.

For centuries, these master carpenters, driven by a respect for nature, have developed techniques and tools informed by the qualities of wood. They create structures of beauty and complexity, from

4 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

exquisite joinery to grand architecture capable of withstanding wind, snow and earthquakes.

From an introduction to over 80 specialist tools, to delicate techniques used in Japan’s teahouses with a full-size reconstruction of the Sa-an teahouse, hands-on opportunities for assembling wooden joints and the chance to breathe in the scent of the essential woods of Japan’s carpentry, a visit to this exhibition brings you up close to this vital tradition and its inextricable links with nature.

This exhibition is accompanied by an extensive events programme.

THE DETAILS For more information, please visit japanhouselondon.uk/whats-on Japan House London 101-111 Kensington High St, London W8 5SA

LOC AL

ROYAL WINDSOR HORSE SHOW 2025 15-18 May 2025

R

oyal Windsor Horse Show is a truly Royal occasion, held within the private grounds of Windsor Castle – which are open to the public just once a year for this exceptional event. The Show has His Majesty The King as its Patron, who took on the role following in the footsteps of his mother, Her Late Majesty Queen Elizabeth II. Running from

4 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

Thursday 15 May to Sunday 18 May 2025, the Show promises an unforgettable experience with world-class equestrian sport, captivating displays, and immersive attractions for all visitors.

The Show hosts top-tier international competitions in Show Jumping, Driving, and Endurance, alongside prestigious national classes in Show Jumping and Showing. The CSI5* International Show Jumping (the highest level in the sport) will bring together some of the world’s most esteemed horse and rider combinations to compete over three thrilling days, culminating in the pinnacle class, the Rolex Grand Prix on Sunday 18 May. In 2024, Top-10 ranked Martin Fuchs claimed his second consecutive Rolex Grand Prix victory aboard Leone Jei, delivering a flawless double clear and lightning-fast jump-off.

The CAIO4* International Carriage Driving World CupTM Qualifier demands unmatched

LOC AL

horsemanship and precision. This competition unfolds across three exhilarating phases: driven Dressage, showcasing elegance and control; the adrenaline-charged Marathon through Windsor Park’s natural obstacles; and Obstacle Driving, testing accuracy under pressure.

On Friday 16 May, Royal Windsor Endurance returns, taking riders through the scenic trails of Windsor Great Park. This ultimate test of stamina will feature international 1*, 2*, and 3* classes across varied distances and terrain, offering an intense day of competitive endurance riding.

Often seen as the start of the UK’s Showing season, Royal Windsor Horse Show remains a cornerstone of the national equestrian calendar.

Horses and ponies from across the country will compete in a wide range of Showing classes held in the Frogmore, Adelaide, and Copper Horse Arenas, with several Championships concluding in the iconic Castle Arena.

In addition to elite competition, the Show offers a dynamic programme of equestrian displays.

The Defender Dressage Masterclass on Thursday 15 May will feature Paris 2024 Olympic bronze medallists Carl Hester and Becky Moody. Other highlights include the ever-popular Defender Shetland Pony Grand National, the DAKS Pony Club Mounted Games, the Musical Drive of the King’s Troop Royal Horse Artillery, the ‘Azerbaijan - Land of Fire’ display from the Equestrian Federation of Azerbaijan, and the ‘Oman – Jewel of Arabia’ performance by the Royal Cavalry of Oman.

Following their successful debut in 2024, four themed Hubs return to the heart of Royal Windsor Horse Show, offering engaging experiences for every guest. The LeMieux Children’s Hub invites 4 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Royal Windsor Horse Show remains a cornerstone of the national equestrian calendar”

younger visitors to enjoy pony-themed crafts, hobby horse competitions, and a nature garden

by Little Muddy Boots. The Sustainability Hub highlights environmental innovation, featuring New Horizon Plastics’ recycling methods and a biodiversity showcase by White Griffin. The Talk Horse Entertainment Hub delivers a vibrant lineup of expert talks, live entertainment, and appearances from equestrian stars. Meanwhile, garden lovers can explore the Garden Hub, complete with Royal floral displays, horticultural advice, and seasonal shopping.

Adding to the immersive experience is the elegant Shopping Village, blending equestrian excellence with countryside sophistication. Divided into four curated zones – Horse & Rider, Country Lifestyle & Living, Jewellery & Fashion, and the Royal Warrant Holders Association – the Village features over 100 premium brands. Visitors can explore everything from performance riding gear and luxury home decor to timeless jewellery and classic fashion. Highlights include renowned names such as LeMieux and Voltaire, exciting newcomers like Casa by Josephine Jenno and Ankole, and prestigious Royal Warrant Holders including Holland & Holland and Taylor’s Port. rwhs.co.uk

LOC AL

THE UK’S FIRST EVER SAUNA BOAT MAKES A SPLASH IN LONDON Skuna Boats launches first-of-its-kind Sauna Boat experience in London

T

he UK’s first Sauna Boat has landed and docking up in London. Sailing in from Sweden, it has arrived and taking permanent residence in Canary Wharf at the Skuna Boats HQ. With plans to roll out further locations across the country, this marks its maiden voyage into a countrywide Sauna Boat takeover.

The latest brainchild of Skuna Boats - a brand, renowned for delivering London’s most unique marine experiences – is offering a Scandinavianinspired 15-person, wood-fired Sauna and cold plunge pool from this first-of-its-kind vessel.

The Sauna Boat experience is designed to

4 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

rejuvenate both body and mind. Guests will enjoy the warmth of the 70-90°C wood-fired sauna and the invigorating chill of a 6°C rooftop cold plunge pool, all while soaking in Canary Wharf ’s iconic views and authentic Scandinavian-inspired social atmosphere where music, conversation, and connection come naturally.

Founder of Skuna Boats Stuart Tommo Thomson: “We hope the UK’s first Sauna Boat captures the nation’s attention! Our vision is not only to bring the powerful health and wellness benefits of saunas and cold plunges to London, but also to embrace the sauna’s Scandinavian roots - where the social aspect plays a central role.

Expect an incredible, authentic Scandinavian Sauna experience, complete with DJ curated music - all whilst taking in the views of iconic and historic Canary Wharf!”

ABOUT SKUNA BOATS Founded in 2017 Skuna is renowned for delivering and redefining London’s social experiences with the Sauna Boat adding to its repertoire of offerings such as the Floating Igloo Fondue Boats, Hot Tub Boats, the Hot Tub Boat Cinema, and BBQ Boats. Based in Canary Wharf, Skuna Boats offers something for everyone, all year around, and always a completely unique perspective of London.

THE DETAILS For more information and booking visit: skunaboats.com or skunaboats.com/sauna-boat for booking facebook.com/skunaboats instagram.com/skunaboats

LOC AL

The South of England Show 2025

R

From Friday 6 - Sunday 8 June 2025 South of England Showground, Ardingly, West Sussex

eturning for its 57th year, the South of England Show 2025 promises thrilling equestrian competitions, fascinating livestock displays, falconry, musical entertainment and food & drink - remaining a highlight in the calendar with something for all ages.

The livestock section is always a key feature with hundreds of competitive classes and impressive displays of cattle, sheep, pigs and goats. Visitors can also enjoy mock cattle auctions, expert butchery talks and opportunities to learn more about farming practices.

Equestrian enthusiasts will be treated to over 130 classes including prestigious showjumping competitions. Younger riders will be part of the action with the unmissable Shetland Pony Grand National returning to the main arena alongside the Equestrian Games UK. A dedicated medieval reenactment zone will transport guests back in time, offering a glimpse into the daily lives and battle skills of Saxon, Viking and medieval communities. A vintage agricultural machinery ring and a British Army village will add to the excitement.

Visitors will be spoilt for choice with a bustling Food Hall and Village celebrating the best of local and independent producers, with the opportunity to sample wines, beers and a refreshing selection of locally distilled gins. Meanwhile, shoppers can browse an extensive collection of independent stalls offering countryside-inspired clothing, accessories and artisan goods.

New for 2025, the Wildlife & Food Production area offers visitors an opportunity to explore the connection between farming, food and nature. This engaging new space will showcase 4 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

how farmers and landowners work to produce high-quality food while preserving wildlife and protecting the environment.

Families will find plenty to entertain children of all ages with an interactive trail, emergency service meet-and-greets and the ever-popular Sheep Show bringing a mix of education and fun. Younger visitors can also participate in hands-on cookery workshops, enjoy a mini steam train ride, or experience the thrill of the funfair. A highlight for 2025 will be the arrival of the beloved children’s character Bluey who will be making personal appearances at intervals throughout the day on Saturday 7th June only.

Gardening enthusiasts can indulge in shopping opportunities from nurseries, plant and equipment specialists and a Wildflower Garden offering a tranquil retreat to wander and enjoy.

For more information and to purchase tickets, visit seas.org.uk

“Visitors will be spoilt for choice with a bustling Food Hall and Village celebrating the best of local and independent producers”

LOC AL

Hampton Court Palace Festival

H

Welcomes Back Partnership For 2025

ampton Court Palace Festival are delighted to partner with British Fine Food again this year to bring you the tastiest picnic offering yet.

Set against the magnificent backdrop of Henry VIII’s former residence, the Hampton Court Palace Festival offers more than just world-class live music – it’s an experience to savour from the moment you arrive. Before the music begins in the spectacular Base Court, guests can bask in the early summer sunshine with a luxurious pre-ordered picnic in the East Front Gardens.

Two decadent options are available from British Fine Foods: The Courtier’s Best of British Picnic and The King’s Gourmet Hamper. Both include meat and vegetarian choices, as well as a bottle of fine wine or Champagne, making it the perfect way to start an evening of entertainment. Picnics can be added when booking or to existing reservations.

For those seeking something extra special, a range of enhancements are on offer. From a welcome glass of Champagne to reserving a private gazebo near the fountain – complete with chilled drinks and nibbles – guests can tailor their experience to suit their style.

The pinnacle of luxury comes with the festival’s exclusive VIP packages. The King’s VIP Dining Experience includes a sumptuous three-course dinner served in the historic State Apartments – a rare opportunity to dine in true royal surroundings. Alternatively, The Queen’s Garden Party offers

5 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS Tickets are available now at hamptoncourtpalacefestival.com

private access to the beautifully manicured Garden Enclosure, with Pimm’s on arrival, bespoke grazing platters and prime views of the East Front.

On Sunday 15 June, the Beers & Bowls Package brings a sporty twist to proceedings. Guests enjoy access to the State Apartments alongside a curated selection of lagers, pale ales and hearty bowl food.

To top it off, there’s a special meet-and-greet with England rugby legends James Haskell and Mike Tindall, plus TV host Alex Payne.

Whether it’s a picnic under the evening sun, an indulgent dinner or a brush with sporting royalty, Hampton Court Palace Festival 2025 promises an experience as memorable as the performances themselves.

The year’s Hampton Court Palace Festival will welcome Chaka Khan, Gary Barlow, Sir Tom Jones, Rag ‘n’ Bone Man, Bananarama, 10cc, Elbow, James and The Good, The Bad & The Rugby podcast.

LOC AL

V&A to open exhibition on Disabled Design and Culture O 7 June 2025 – 15 February 2026. The Porter Gallery, V&A South Kensington

pening on 7 June, the exhibition will showcase the radical contributions of Disabled, Deaf, and neurodivergent people to contemporary design and culture from 1940s to now. It will act as both a celebration of Disabled led design and a call for action, affirming the importance of embedding the experiences and expertise of Disabled people in design processes.

Design and Disability begins with a welcome and rest space for visitors to orient themselves and address any access needs. A tactile map, audio description and BSL welcome will be available to visitors, as well as both large print, sensory map, and plain English guides.

170 objects will be on display across three sections – Visibility, Tools and Living – spanning design, art, architecture, fashion, and photography.

It will show how Disabled people have designed for every aspect of life through their own experience and expertise as well as trace the political and social history of design and disability.

Through examples of disability-first practices

5 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

showcasing the work of Disabled people and their collaborators, the exhibition will demonstrate how design can be made more equitable and accessible and aim towards design justice.

Designed with access integrated into every aspect of the exhibition, Design and Disability will re-think what an exhibition needs to be truly accessible. The exhibition will include selfregulation and resting areas as well as additional seating, has been designed to consider Deaf Space principles, and will feature an array of tactile objects, BSL guides and tactile surfaces and floors, to help orient blind and low vision visitors.

The exhibition will also explore the rich history of Disabled designers challenging ableism in the design industry, as well as the practitioners working today to ‘hack’ pre-existing design to make it more usable. Industry-leading commercial design such as the world’s first commercially made adaptive Xbox controller by Microsoft and the original prototypes of the OXO Good Grips proposed by Betsey and Sam Farber with Smart Design will be on display alongside DIY objects made in the home and zines produced by digital collectives, challenging our ideas of who society might view as a ‘designer’.

THE DETAILS For more information visit Instagram: @vamuseum Facebook: @VictoriaandalbertMuseum Tiktok: @vamuseum X: @V_and_A

Top: ‘The best lovers are good with their hands’ by Harry McAuslan, issued by AIDS Ahead part of the British Deaf Association; Above: People’s History Museum; Left: Rebirth Garments, photo by Colectivo Multipolar

LOC AL

London’s hottest food festival

TASTE OF LONDON 2025 From 18 - 22 June 2025

T

aste of London returns to The Regent’s Park this June, offering an exclusive all-access pass to London’s hottest restaurants. Get ready for five fabulous days of feasting, fire, and flavour with exclusive dishes, sizzling BBQ bites, and gourmet delights from the city’s best chefs.

Bringing back a host of masterclasses and interactive experiences, guests can also watch world-class chefs in action, enjoy hands-on cooking experiences, and sharpen their skills at live demos. All this, set to the ultimate summer soundtrack with DJs, live entertainment, and unbeatable festival vibes.

Expect a next-level collection of over 120 delectable dishes, including exclusive, never-beforetasted eats from London’s latest and greatest.

Firm favourites announced to be returning this year include Le Petit Beefbar, The Shard’s Oblix , one of London’s favourite robatayaki restaurants, Roka, and Chai Wu, who puts a luxury and contemporary twist on pan-Asian cuisine.

With more restaurants to be announced soon, this is just a taste of what’s to come!

Festival-goers can also get involved with a stacked lineup of theatrical live experiences, chefled demonstrations, interactive masterclasses, and educational workshops - all available first come,

5 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Expect a next-level collection of over 120 delectable dishes, including exclusive, never-before-tasted eats from London’s latest and greatest”

first served. The Taste Cook School, will be back featuring a five-star line-up of chefs sharing their tips and tricks in the kitchen. The Taste Fire Pit also returns for 2025, hosting flame-fueled demonstrations with some of the city’s top talent.

Once again, this year guests can enjoy Taste Sessions in partnership with The Royal Parks, with intimate talks, tastings and demonstrations focused on sustainability, wellbeing, diversity and nature. Join The Royal Parks’ Help Nature Thrive Team as they explore the world of Wonderful Weeds - exploring often overlooked edible plants and wildflowers and the benefits they can have for wildlife.

The exclusive VIP Lounge is back, offering a complimentary snack bar, live entertainment, and garden games. VIP guests will also enjoy fast-track entry and a glass of champagne to enjoy with their favourite dishes.

Visit tasteoflondon.com to secure your ticket to the hottest food festival in London this summer!

LOC AL

THE CONNAUGHT ANNOUNCES A CANINE COLLABORATION WITH GOODWOOF

C

alling all dog lovers! The Connaught is proud to be honouring Goodwoof, the ultimate dog’s day out at the Goodwood Estate in West Sussex, by introducing a brand new, limited-edition ‘paw-tisserie’ cake.

Both The Connaught and Goodwood have long been known for their warm welcome, particularly to their four-legged friends and this collaboration focuses truly on their shared passion: a love for dogs.

For one month only, the legendary Connaught Hound cake will transform into a limited-edition dachshund cake created by master pâtissier Nicolas Rouzaud and his team at Nicolas Rouzaud at The Connaught. Carefully crafted, the cake features a Gianduja milk chocolate mousse atop an orange pain de Gene sponge finished with Hukambi milk chocolate spray and an orange-vanilla chocolate glaze, to honour Goodwoof ’s signature bold use of orange.

The cake celebrates Goodwoof ’s chosen breed for 2025: the daring dachshund, with 10% of proceeds going to Goodwoof ’s charity partner, Wild at Heart Foundation.

Until Saturday 31st May 2025

ABOUT THE CONNAUGHT In the heart of London’s Mayfair, The Connaught, part of Maybourne, blends contemporary style, classic English character and impeccable service to create the ultimate in sophistication. Rooms and suites to suit every mood, exquisite cuisine from Hélène Darroze and Jean-Georges Vongerichten, the charm of The Connaught and Coburg Bars, and Europe’s first Aman Spa make this the perfect place to rest, relax and dine in style. the-connaught.co.uk

ABOUT GOODWOOF Goodwoof is a celebration of all that we love about dogs on the Goodwood Estate. It takes place in the fields around the James Wyattdesigned Kennels. The event offers a wide range of activities and demonstrations designed to delight, entertain and inform. Dog owners and their families and friends can encourage their own dog to have a go, browse carefully hand-picked retailers, enjoy a dip in Fido’s Lido, sit back with a glass of Taittinger champagne, relax in The Randox Health Studio with a spot of sound bathing, reiki or Dog Yoga, or marvel at the clever kennels designed by architects from around the world as part of the Barkitecture competition.

5 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS The dachshund cake is priced at £17.00 and is available to purchase at Nicolas Rouzaud at The Connaught.

Goodwoof takes place on Saturday 17th and Sunday 18th May 2025.

Tickets can be purchased at goodwood.com or by calling the Ticket Office on +44 (0)1243 755055.

A TASTE OF ITALY IN LONDON Established 1988 1-3 WALTON STREET, CHELSEA, SW3 2JD

www.scalinilondon.co.uk

LOC AL

CHELSEA IN BLOOM 2025 London’s largest free flower festival returns for its 20th year 19 - 25 May 2025

C

helsea in Bloom, the world-class floral art show and London’s largest free flower festival will return this spring with the theme ‘Flowers in Fashion’.

The streets of Chelsea will be transformed with floral creations, adorning the frontages of more than 115 businesses, shops and restaurants, from Ralph Lauren and Hackett to Brunello Cucinelli, RIXO and Temperley London, with inspiration taken from iconic fashion movements, style icons and muses, and honouring Chelsea’s legacy as one of the world’s most stylish destinations.

Produced by Cadogan in collaboration with the Royal Horticultural Society (RHS), Chelsea in Bloom extends the Chelsea Flower Show

5 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Produced by Cadogan in collaboration with the Royal Horticultural Society (RHS), Chelsea in Bloom extends the Chelsea Flower Show out into the local neighbourhood”

out into the local neighbourhood. Large scale installations will spring up across the area inspired by the ‘Flowers in Fashion’ theme, including giant yellow wellington boots under a sea of umbrellas, a tongue-in-cheek celebration of the British weather and nod to the Sloane Ranger on Sloane Square; a 4m high punk’s head with striking floral mohawk on the King’s Road; a stylish handbag and a spectacle of the roaring ’20s at Duke of York Square.

In honour of its recent transformation into a beautiful 1km green boulevard, Sloane Street will also boast three beautiful displays, including giant Elton John-inspired sunglasses and a model in a couture gown promenading, with a nod to local heroine Jane Austen.

Chelsea in Bloom will be working with The Confetti Club for a third year, granting another life for leftover fresh petals to turn to confetti, then sold to raise funds for Cancer Research UK. Gold, Silver, Bronze and Merit awards will be awarded to participants by RHS judges alongside Lifestyle judges, in addition to the top awards for ‘Best Floral Display’, ‘Highly Commended’ and the ‘Innovation Award’, with winners announced on Tuesday, 20 May 2025. Voting for ‘People’s Champion’ is decided by the public and the only voting will open from 5pm on Monday 19th and close at midnight on Thursday 22nd – please vote for your favourite!

This year’s charity partner will be the British Fashion Council Foundation, championing the next generation of creatives and designers.

Further information on the event is available at chelseainbloom.co.uk

LOC AL

CHESTERTONS

POLO IN THE PARK 2025 Friday 6th – Sunday 8th June 2025

T

he world’s largest three-day polo festival is back and kicking off London’s social calendar at Hurlingham Park, Fulham.

Set across three incredible days, the international polo event will feature teams from across the globe, the impressive Fulham food festival with an array of new food and drink partners, hospitality with a pitch side view, a new VIP area, plus fun for all the family on Sunday.

Hurlingham Park is renowned for being the spiritual home of polo since 1875, when the Hurlingham Polo Committee drew up the first formal rules of the game. Chestertons Polo in the Park celebrates this legacy and encourages Londoners and visitors alike to enjoy the competitive polo games throughout the weekend.

Chestertons Polo in the Park is set to go the extra mile on all festival elements this year; Guests will enjoy pitch-side bars and gardens courtesy of Pommery Champagne, and Prime Time. The Chukka Club returns, offering exclusive seating, premium drinks, and food packages for up to 300

6 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

guests. A VIP area with a private bar, views of the pitch and space for up to 300 guests will be a hot ticket for 2025, as well as DJs and dancing in the brand-new CALA VIP tent, a curated Shopping Village experience, and an array of delicious

“Chestertons Polo in the Park is set to go the extra mile on all festival elements this year; Guests will enjoy pitch-side bars and gardens courtesy of Pommery Champagne, and Prime Time. The Chukka Club returns, offering exclusive seating, premium drinks, and food packages for up to 300 guests”

LOC AL

street eats at the food festival.

Over the course of the three-day polo festival, there will be six city teams competing from the financial capitals of the world, putting on a thrilling performance for all to enjoy.

Friday 6th June – International Friday, sponsored by Northern Data Group and presented by City A.M Friday will be an action-packed day designed to kick start the summer season. The tournament will include the first city teams taking to the hallowed turf of Hurlingham Park for three gripping matches over the afternoon, as well as the eagerly anticipated battle for the Olympic Trophy.

Saturday 7th June - Ladies Day, presented by SheerLuxe Raise a glass and join Chestertons Polo in the Park as Saturday celebrations kick off with Ladies Day. Guests are invited to enjoy the DJs, Fulham Food Festival, luxury shopping village and fabulous gardens and bars. Watch the polo and enjoy London’s best summer day party from the Pommery Champagne Garden and the brand new CALA VIP tent, bringing a refreshed luxury experience.

Sunday 8th June – Family & Finals Day Sunday provides a fitting finale to the three-day polo festival. The Sunday morning begins with a ‘pitch invasion’ which hosts London’s largest kids party hosted by the famous and much-loved children’s party entertainers, Sharky and George.

Family & Finals Day will also feature an actionpacked agenda including a live display by the Knights of Middle England. Offering endless kid’s games, alongside the opportunity to learn to play polo, improve netball and football skills.

The afternoon sees the culmination of three days of polo, as the champions of the festival are crowned followed by the Chestertons Polo in the Park brand-new CALA VIP tent to finish the weekend off in style.

This year, Chestertons Polo in the Park promises to deliver a bigger and better polo festival than ever before. Continuing the tradition of bringing world-class polo to the capital, the fast-paced, modern-day format of the polo makes one of the oldest equestrian sports easier for both newcomers and returning dedicated polo fans to enjoy.

6 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS To book tickets and find out more information please visit: polointheparklondon.com

“The tournament will include the first city teams taking to the hallowed turf of Hurlingham Park for three gripping matches over the afternoon, as well as the eagerly anticipated battle for the Olympic Trophy”

LOC AL

HYDE PARK INVITES YOU TO JOIN IN TWO FANTASTIC EVENTS

OPEN HOUSE Monday 30 June – Thursday 3 July Monday 7 July – Thursday 10 July Back by popular demand for 2025 - American Express presents BST Hyde Park opens its doors in between three weekends of legendary music, to host the hugely popular FREE summer event Open House. For eight days across two weeks, Open House offers tons of activities for all the family, with FREE access to BST Hyde Park!

There’s something for everyone at Open House - whether you want to indulge in some delicious street food, keep up with the excitement of Wimbledon live, or head down with your mates to see a film on the big screen as the sun sets on Hyde Park. Bigger than ever before, Open House returns with its FREE vibrant live music & entertainment, the open-air cinema presented

by British Airways, mouth-watering street food, pop-up bars AND there’s plenty of family fun too, including tennis, cricket activities, and much more For information on all Open House activities, visit the full schedule at bst-hydepark.com/open-house

6 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

PDC PRESENTS THE HYDE PARK DARTS CHAMPIONSHIP Tuesday 8 July This exciting event will be featuring top players Luke Humphries, Luke Littler, Michael Van Gerwen, Fallon Sherrock and special guests Olly Murs, Roman Kemp and Dion Dublin. The proam tournament is part of the BST Hyde Park Open House midweek series of events and will be played in front of thousands of fans on BST Hyde Park’s famous Great Oak Stage.

The Hyde Park Darts Championship tickets also include access to The Summer Garden simultaneously hosting BREW//LDN, renowned for the UK’s largest and most diverse craft drinks festival, celebrating innovation and excellence across the worlds of craft beer, cider, spirits, and emerging drink trends. Held annually in the heart of London, the festival brings together over 100 independent and established drinks brands, pouring 1,000+ exciting products for a fresh, wide-ranging snapshot of the craft drinks scene.

More than just a tasting event, BREW//LDN is a cultural celebration – complete with street food, DJs, and a vibrant festival atmosphere that champions the creativity and community that lie at the core of the craft drinks movement.

Tickets on sale now at bst-hydepark.com

“The Hyde Park Darts Championship tickets also include access to The Summer Garden simultaneously hosting BREW//LDN”

LONDON - COUNTRY RESIDENTIAL INTERIOR DESIGN www.pomanderinteriors.co.uk CONTACT 07843 327926 FOR A FREE DISCOVERY CALL

LOC AL

HAMPTON COURT PALACE FESTIVAL ANNOUNCES STELLAR LINE-UP From 11 – 21 June 2025

H

ampton Court Palace Festival returns with a spectacular line-up of musical legends, pop icons, and even a live podcast experience – all taking place in the one-of-a-kind setting of Henry VIII’s historic Tudor palace. Running over nine nights, the series will host just 3,000 guests each evening, offering an intimate open-air concert experience like no other.

Festival-goers will be welcomed into the East Front Gardens for a magical ‘after-hours’ experience before heading to Base Court, where performances unfold beneath the palace walls in a truly spine-tingling setting.

Opening this year’s festival on Wednesday 11 June are Manchester’s much-loved indie rockers James. With a remarkable four-decade career, the band has sold over 25 million records worldwide and boasts a back catalogue of hits including Come Home, She’s a Star, and the ever-iconic Sit Down. This marks their only London show of 2025 – a special one-off performance not to be missed.

On Thursday 12 June, soul powerhouse Rag’n’Bone Man makes his return. After shooting to fame with his breakout hit Human, he went on to win two BRIT Awards and released two number-one albums. His latest record What Do

6 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

You Believe In? has received glowing reviews, and his live show is expected to deliver the emotive vocals and commanding stage presence fans know and love.

Legendary performer Tom Jones takes to the stage on Friday 13 June, returning to Hampton Court Palace as part of his Defy Explanation tour. With a career spanning over 55 years and hits like Delilah, It’s Not Unusual and Sex Bomb, audiences can expect a set that blends beloved classics with standout tracks from his critically acclaimed recent work.

On Saturday 14 June, pop royalty Bananarama celebrate 40 years in the industry with a glittering, hit-packed set. Recognised as the most successful female group globally by the Guinness Book of World Records, the duo’s set will feature

Rag ‘N’bone Man

Gary Barlow Above, left: 10CC. Credit Reinout Bos.

LOC AL

favourites like Love in the First Degree, Venus and Robert De Niro’s Waiting…, guaranteeing a party atmosphere from start to finish.

The festival takes a twist on Sunday 15 June with a special live edition of the smash hit podcast The Good, The Bad & The Rugby, hosted by former England players James Haskell and Mike Tindall alongside broadcaster Alex Payne. With over 40 million streams, their podcast has become a staple for rugby fans. Expect behind-the-scenes stories, sharp humour and plenty of pitch-side banter.

On Tuesday 17 June, celebrated art-pop band 10cc make their long-awaited festival debut.

Renowned for their genre-defying sound, the band has remained at the forefront of innovative musicmaking for over five decades. Their performance will feature classics like I’m Not in Love, The Things We Do for Love and Dreadlock Holiday, all delivered with the masterful musicianship fans have come to expect.

Superstar Chaka Khan makes her Hampton Court Palace debut on Wednesday 18 June. With ten Grammy Awards, a Rock & Roll Hall of Fame induction and hits like Ain’t Nobody, I Feel for You and I’m Every Woman, her impact on soul, funk, pop and jazz is unmatched. Her show promises powerful vocals, genre-blending brilliance and endless energy.

On Thursday 19 June, Gary Barlow returns to the Palace stage. As the creative force behind Take That and a hugely successful solo artist, Barlow brings timeless hits, exceptional songwriting and huge charisma. With a set full of both solo gems and fan-favourite anthems, it’s sure to be another standout night.

Closing out the festival on Friday 20 and 7 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS For more information and to book tickets, visit hamptoncourtpalacefestival.com Facebook @HamptonCourtPalaceFestival X @HCPfestival Instagram @HCPfestival Hospitality: hamptoncourtfestivalinfo@img.com Hampton Court Palace, Surrey, KT8 9AU

Saturday 21 June are critically acclaimed alternative rock outfit Elbow. Known for their cinematic sound and frontman Guy Garvey’s poetic lyricism, the band will bring the festival to an emotional crescendo with sweeping tracks like One Day Like This and Grounds for Divorce.

Now in its 29th year, Hampton Court Palace Festival (produced by IMG in partnership with Historic Royal Palaces) remains a highlight of the summer calendar – combining iconic artists with a breathtaking heritage location.

Top left: Elbow Top right: Bananarama - Credit London Records Below: Sir Tom Jones Below:, left Chaka Khan. Credit Nick Nelson

Travel Together Premium Pet & Owner Transport Across the UK & Europe

Get a FREE quote +44 7772 277222 | execpets.co.uk

LOC AL

Clerkenwell Design Week 2025 20 – 22 May 2025 Fringe partner Newby London on St John Street collaborates with The Goldsmiths’ Centre for a special exhibition exploring tea culture. New Forms: Tea & Contemporary Design presents innovative contemporary teawares crafted by some of the UK’s most talented silversmiths.

CDW continues to expand its global appeal with the introduction of a Spanish Collection at The Charterhouse, bringing together brands such as Naturtex, Gandia Blasco, Viccarbe, Antonio Ferre and Ezpeleta.

CONVERSATIONS AT CLERKENWELL

Alex Chinneck - From the knees of my nose to the belly of my toes Image by Stephen O’Flaherty

T

aking place across the whole of Clerkenwell EC1, a neighbourhood renowned for its high concentration of architects and designers, the annual festival is set to offer its biggest programme yet.

Clerkenwell Design Week captivates its visitors with an exciting line-up of installations, brands, exhibitions and talks across 15+ venues and 160+ local design showrooms.

Leading this year’s festival is a major new public artwork by British artist Alex Chinneck, set in Charterhouse Square. This special commission marks Chinneck’s return to sculpting with brick and playing with architectural elevations.

Meanwhile, Albion Stone and Hutton Stone return to Clerkenwell Green with an ambitious pavilion titled Brick from a Stone: Arch Revival and designed by Hawkins\Brown and engineered

by Webb Yates.

Major Scandinavian brands take the spotlight this year, bringing fresh designs and innovation to the festival. HAY will showcase its latest collections by leading designers – including Erwan Bouroullec, Doshi Levien and Niels Jørgen Haugesen – at the MillerKnoll St John’s Square showroom, while String Furniture will make its CDW debut with its newest pieces at Old Sessions House.

Adding to the festival’s diverse programme,

7 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

The festival’s official talks series, Conversations at Clerkenwell, returns with a stellar lineup of speakers, including Sabine Marcelis and PearsonLloyd. Curated by PR and brand consultant Katie Richardson, the talks will take place at The Charterhouse for the first time, featuring 18 live sessions over three days, including three daily sessions curated and hosted by Dezeen.

Topics will range from colour and interior trends to heritage renewal, commercial space design and AI in design.

2024 Fair

THE DETAILS For the full programme, visit clerkenwelldesignweek.com Instagram: @clerkenwelldesignweek Twitter: @cdwfestival Facebook: @clerkenwell.design.week

ITALGRANITI GROUP X SIMON ASTRIDGE Italian porcelain stoneware manufacturer Italgraniti Group has commissioned a special project, Automatica, designed by Simon Astridge Architecture Workshop, to be revealed at the festival.

Brick From A Stone, Arch Revival.

Charterhouse

FINANCE

Financial advice in 2025 W

ith tax rules shifting, markets evolving, and life expectancy rising, making the most of your wealth has never been more complex - or more important. But the real challenge isn’t just taking advice. It’s finding the right adviser.

At Trusted Advisor, they specialise in matching you with a local, FCA-regulated financial adviser who understands your specific goals - whether that’s retiring early, passing on wealth, or simply making your money work harder.

Here’s why 2025 is the time to act: 1. The financial landscape is changing.

In the past year alone, the government scrapped the pension Lifetime Allowance, raised contribution limits, and confirmed that pensions will fall into your taxable estate from 2027. The right adviser can help you use these changes to your advantage.

2. Advice can significantly improve your financial outcome.

A landmark study by Vanguard shows that working with a financial adviser can improve net returns by around 3% per year after fees—enough to potentially double your wealth in retirement.* 7 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

Whether your goal is funding school fees, retiring early, or leaving a legacy, the right advice helps you make more of your money, with fewer costly missteps.

3. Your goals deserve tailored advice.

Whether you’re self-employed, a company director, or someone with significant pension or property wealth, your financial picture is unique.

That’s why Trusted Advisor don’t offer one-sizefits-all solutions. They introduce you to a local adviser who specialises in cases like yours.

They have already helped thousands of individuals with £500,000+ in assets get clear on their options, protect their legacy, and gain confidence in their financial future. Their process is simple: answer a few short questions at trusted-advisor.co.uk, and they match you with a qualified adviser for a free retirement review - with zero obligation.

You’ve worked hard for your wealth. 2025 is the year to put it to work for you - with the right advice, from the right person. *Estimated impact based on Vanguard’s research suggesting adviser support can add around 3% in net returns per year, which may double retirement wealth over time. Full study: vanguard.co.uk/advisersalpha For further information, visit trusted-advisor.co.uk.

“My investments in my pension are up noticeably and more than enough to cover costs incurred for the service. My risk has been adjusted and I now feel in a much better position for the future.”

LOC AL

The Royal Horseguards Hotel Unveils a quintessentially English summer terrace Step into a country garden in the heart of central London

N

estled beside Whitehall Gardens, The Royal Horseguards Hotel is unveiling its English country garden terrace for the summer season. Opening its doors on 12th May, the terrace will offer Londoners a rare tranquil, secret garden escape, just off the River Thames, in the heart of central London.

During opening week, from Monday 12th May - Friday 16th May, the first 50 guests each day will be treated to a complimentary welcome drink, including any choice of cocktail, wine or beer.

To redeem the free drink all guests have to say is, ‘1884’ on arrival, a nod to the year The Royal Horseguards Hotel opened.

Set to be the must-visit, in-the-know destination of the summer, the quintessentially English country garden style terrace is a nod to the rich heritage of The Royal Horseguards building, which has previously played host to Winston Churchill, Lloyd- George and the first chief of Britain’s Secret Intelligence Service.

With a live growing tomato wall, allotments and sweeping views over The London Eye and beyond, The Terrace at The Royal Horseguards Hotel is where alfresco dining meets timeless heritage. A secluded haven, away from the hustle and bustle of city life, The Terrace will provide a charming

7 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

spot for all occasions, from leisurely lunches to intimate dinners and lively evening gatherings.

Relaxed, yet refined, the alfresco charm of the inviting garden terrace is complete with comfy wicker sofas, blankets and country garden decor.

From fresh salads to classic British favourites like Fish & Chips, The Terrace brings together the finest ingredients. Favourites on the summer menu include Pan Seared Seabass and the Grilled Lamb Cutlet, or Super Food Salad and “Sumac” Roasted Butternut Squash for a lighter option.

Highlights on the drinks menu include The Terrace Spritz, featuring Beefeater 24 gin, elderflower tonic, cloudy apple juice and mint, The Raspberry Fizzante; Belvedere vodka, cranberry juice, sparkling wine and raspberries, as well as The Pimm’s Spritz; Pimm’s No.1, sparkling wine, lemon tonic, strawberries and cucumber. The spritz and elegant cocktail menus will be accompanied by an extensive list of wines, beers and spirits.

The Terrace is dog-friendly, welcoming well behaved dogs to enjoy the hidden garden oasis along with their owners.

THE DETAILS The Terrace at The Royal Horseguards Hotel will open on 12th May 2025 and reservations can be made by visiting royalhorseguardshotel.com/ restaurants-and-bars/the-terrace

Offices in BLACKHEATH, GREENWICH & CANARY WHARF

Family and Private Dispute Resolution

L AW

NAVIGATING INHERITANCE IN A CHANGING WORLD: Insights for protecting your assets

In today’s fast-evolving political and financial landscape, protecting wealth and ensuring it passes to your intended beneficiaries requires careful planning and informed decision-making. As Private Wealth lawyers, we provide legal expertise to help you navigate these complexities and changes to legislation confidently.

TAX PLANNING AND WEALTH STRUCTURING Changes announced by the Chancellor, Rachel Reeves, in the Autumn have laid waste to sensible inheritance tax planning, such as maximising the tax efficiency of one’s pension. What amounted to tax efficient strategies last summer may no longer be the most effective means of passing assets to your children. Therefore, it is important to review your arrangements, including your Will, to ensure these meet your instructions and are as tax efficient as possible.

LIFETIME GIVING For those who can afford to do so, giving away assets during one’s lifetime can considerably reduce the inheritance tax bill on one’s death. There is also the added advantage of seeing the recipients enjoy the gifts. However, there are strict rules surrounding giving assets to an individual or a trust so careful planning is needed to make sure there is no tax sting in the tail for your estate or those receiving the gifts.

8 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

WHY MOORE BARLOW? At Moore Barlow, we’re more than just lawyers – we’re your trusted partners, here to help you navigate life’s challenges and opportunities. With the expertise of a large firm and the personal touch of a close-knit, partner-led team, we bring the best of both worlds to every case. Whether you’re protecting your business, resolving a dispute, or managing a personal matter, we take the time to truly understand what matters most to you. We’ll work together to give you advice that’s clear, practical, and perfectly suited to your needs, no confusing jargon or cookie-cutter solutions, just friendly and professional support.

With offices in London, Surrey, and Hampshire, you can count on us to be by your side, building lasting relationships and offering expert guidance every step of the way.

Richard Burgess Partner | Private Wealth T: 020 3910 1333 E: richard.burgess@moorebarlow.com

LOC AL

ROLLER HIRE

Those who seek adventure know that in the suburbs of West London lies a Luxury Motorhome Hire Company.

R

oller hire has a fleet of modern motorhomes with several exciting layouts to choose from that are available to hire for families, groups and businesses for their individual leisure pursuits.

Convenience The onboard facilities rival those of a new-build flat. Each motor home is equipped with a kitchen that has a hob, oven and fridge. Further facilities include ambient L.E.D. lighting, USB charge ports, w.c, shower, basin, heating, hot water and Wi-Fi with smart t.vs.

Dining & Resting The dining arrangements are made up of dinettes, L lounges and rear lounges in some models for added comfort.

The sleeping quarters are just as comfortable and vary on each motorhome. They range from large double-over cab beds, bunk beds, electric drop-down beds and further beds that are converted from the seating areas.

Designers Roller Team, the Italian designers and builders of these luxury land yachts, have created an ambiance of comfort and versatile space for clients that are on the move while engaging in their leisure pursuits that range from hiking, festivals, exploring or just vacationing with their loved ones.

Available in automatic or manual transmission.

You can drive one with a standard B licence and the minimum hire period is 4 days.

8 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

The fleet of motorhomes ranges in size to suit your needs. The motorhomes can sleep up to 6 and have up to 6 traveling seats with belts.

We spoke to Rollerhire to gain further insight into where clients were heading to.

“Our clients range from couples to families exploring Scotland’s NC500 route or sightseeing along the coast of Wales, Cornwall and other parts of the British Isles. Many plan their own itinerary to visit France and beyond.”

“Travelling in a motor home gives you a chance to spend time with your loved ones while traveling comfortably. This also ensures you can explore along the way to your destination.”

“There is an abundance of scenic touring parks and campsites to stay at that have restaurants and facilities to entertain. Just visit Rollerhire.com for more information on where to stay.” rollerhire.com

St Ives, Cornwall

“Travelling in a motor home gives you a chance to spend time with your loved ones while traveling comfortably”

Contact : 0208 582 9969 / 07576237994 Email : info@rollerhire.uk Company Number 13345235 / V.A.T number 384179856

C ARE

Chiswick Nursing Centre

R

Offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence & respite care

estore your strength and health after an illness or operation by letting us take good care of you with individually tailored nursing care and our in-house physio, excellent chef and expert hairdresser.

The Chiswick Nursing Centre’s physiotherapists work seamlessly with nursing staff to provide the highest levels of integrated care.

As a part of the rehabilitation programme, the Centre’s qualified physiotherapists work closely with nursing staff to help patients achieve their goals. Highly experienced in the treatment and management of numerous conditions, the Centre’s physio team are experts in the field of rehabilitation. We support convalescence after surgery and to aid cancer recovery, including care of those with a range of other complex needs. We have particular expertise in rehabilitation following hip replacements and knee replacements.

The physiotherapy sessions are tailored to help recover mobility and the physio team aims to provide early detection of any movement related problems. Through their treatment the Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence to promote an excellent quality of life through improved health and wellbeing.

One resident commented: “I spent a week in the rehabilitation/convalescent Balmoral Suite following a hip replacement operation. All the staff were reassuring (especially in the few days

8 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS Please email enquiries@ chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk or call 07568 106258. chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk

“The Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence” after I arrived), friendly, helpful and caring and nothing was too much trouble. The daily physio was gentle but challenging and beneficial. A really positive experience - I would recommend to anyone in a similar position.

Chiswick Nursing Centre offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence, respite & nursing care. We also offer holiday stays for carers who need a break – with maximum peace of mind – so they can take time for themselves. Respite care should be a proper break for you. Short term or long term, we can take care of your loved one so that you can rest, recuperate and re-energise, or simply catch up on your to do list.

With free parking on-site, the care home is a convenient location to be treated for a range of conditions including post-surgical rehabilitation and orthopaedic and musculosketal conditions.

So, whether its physiotherapy, rehabilitation or convalescence, respite care, dementia care, longterm complex nursing care or general residential care, rest assured your loved one will be in safe hands at the Chiswick Nursing Centre.

LOC AL PROPERTY

Luxury Living at The Vale

A

home is more than just bricks and mortar. At The Vale, their collection of 30 luxury apartments available to rent, have been designed, so you can enjoy your retirement in a welcoming and vibrant community, without the worry of maintaining a property. Their contemporary apartments are beautifully crafted to the highest standards. Lightfilled open-plan living spaces, luxury kitchens and beautiful bathrooms combine style and accessibility.

Expect Porcelanosa kitchens with integrated Bosch appliances, built-in storage, underfloor heating and walk-in showers. Senior living can bring a change in pace and priority. They believe that The Vale enables you to live life to the fullest, safe in the knowledge that personalised care is available if required.

Their aim has always been to combine convenience, security contemporary retirement living in south London and affordability with access to a comprehensive range of hospitality.

Knowing that support is available means you can embrace life with peace of mind.

With the Fleming one-bedroom elegant apartment, you can have the best of both worlds with a restful, stylish, open plan living room

8 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Moving to The Vale was an excellent decision on my part; it’s the best of both worlds - independent living but with help on hand 24 hours a day should you need it”

complete with hi spec, fully fitted kitchen. Add to this a chic double master bedroom with its fitted wardrobe and contemporary bathroom, all for a monthly cost that needn’t break the bank.

At The Vale you can have as much company and social life as you wish. The Bar & Bistro is perfect for catching up with friends. For a cosy place to read the papers or play cards, the library and lounge offer a comfortable, beautifully decorated environment.

And if pampering is what you’re after, the on-site hair salon offers treatments or if you want to learn a new craft, the hobbies room is the place to go.

Nestled in a peaceful location a short distance from Streatham, The Vale is more than just a new home - it’s a future filled with opportunities.

Are you unsure about making the move to a retirement village?

Contact The Vale’s friendly team for a private appointment or to arrange a viewing. thevaleliving.co.uk Tel: 08081 696511

PROPERTY

ENJOY THE FREEDOM OF YOUR LATER YEARS WITH WALLACEA LIVING

Y

our retirement years should be some of your best. That’s the belief of integrated retirement community operator, Wallacea Living.

Below we explore the lifestyle on offer and how, by living in one of their luxury apartments in Marylebone, you can enjoy the freedom that downsizing brings.

Focus on fun!

Wallacea Living’s enviable communal facilities have been designed with socialising in mind. Whether you’re meeting friends in the library bar, attending a screening in the boutique cinema or relaxing in the salon, there are plenty of ways to add some fun to your day.

There’s a vibrant calendar of events for homeowners (and their friends) to enjoy too, from interviews with VIP guests, to wine tasting, book clubs and Thai Chi. Maintenance-free homes By moving to a smaller, more contemporary home, you give yourself the freedom to focus on yourself, rather than your property. Even better, when you do need a hand, you can connect with the front desk via the integrated technology in your apartment. This is independent living at its best.

Maintain a healthy lifestyle Wallacea Living takes a proactive approach to your health and wellbeing. All homeowners are offered regular health MOTs and have access to Wallacea Living’s state-of-the-art health kiosk 8 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

that measures blood pressure, BMI and heart rate. Plus, homeowners receive bespoke, and easy to implement, fitness and nutrition plans. Not forgetting that you can also visit the gym and attend a wide variety of exercise classes.

Connected to the city Nestled between Little Venice and Paddington Basin, homeowners benefit from having two royal parks and a hub of cultural hotspots, on their doorstep. Retirement is the perfect time to make the most of everything that London has to offer, and the Wallacea Living team is happy to support with transport and logistics.

Sounds ideal, doesn’t it?

THE DETAILS If you would like to know more about the exciting lifestyle on offer at Wallacea Living, Marylebone, simply make an appointment by calling 020 3960 1000 or visit wallacealiving.com.

Full details of the apartment prices and other fees that apply are available at wallacealiving.com/fees-andcharges

PROPERTY

Welcome to Fitzjohn’s

E

xceptional homes of effortless elegance, exclusively for those enjoying life over 55, in the heart of one of the world’s most sought-after locations.

Timeless and refined, Fitzjohn’s is a destination that defines luxury later-living.

Located in the heart of London’s most sought after neighbourhood, Fitzjohn’s is arguably the best located development in Hampstead. Sitting mere metres from the High Street and reached along a stretch of flat road, living at Fitzjohn’s offers a lifestyle of luxury and convenience, with the delightful mix of independent stores, artisan bakers and cafés, boutiques, florists, galleries, cosy pubs and fine dining mere moments away.

Choose Fitzjohn’s for safer, more convenient living.

All guests and residents are greeted by a 24-hour concierge, a familiar, friendly face who can assist with day to day tasks such as taking in parcels for your convenience. Each apartment is equipped with a video door entry system and access to a 24-hour Tunstall support line, providing added security and peace of mind. Residents also enjoy secure underground parking with CCTV monitoring the building and its surroundings.

We aim to make your move as smooth as possible, with a dedicated Customer Experience Manager to support you through the move, providing expert guidance for any assistance you may need.

Find your sanctuary Fitzjohn’s features a lower ground-level health suite and spa exclusively for residents, overlooking the secluded communal garden. The space is beautifully finished and ideal for anyone wishing to unwind in the hydrotherapy pool, detoxify in the salt-infused vapours of the steam room, bask in the herbal sauna or invigorate under monsoon

9 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

showers, designed to boost circulation.

For fitness enthusiasts, a gym and stretch studio is located by the health suite as well as a guest suite for when you have guests over.

Designed for life Where other local developments for those over 55 focus on large scale communities, Fitzjohn’s offers a secure, private, boutique luxury experience and is home to just twenty-nine apartments. All united by a design ethos, yet unique, each provide distinctive lay outs, proportions and finish. In common, apartments share high ceilings, generous dimensions, floor-to-ceiling windows, multiple aspects, clean lines and oak flooring, and all are flooded with natural light.

For more information and to make an appointment to view our latest show apartments, contact our Customer Experience Manager.

02079808748 fitzjohns@pegasushomes.co.uk fitzjohnsnw3.com

PROPERTY

Escape the city without leaving it at The 1840, St George’s Gardens

D

iscover a rare opportunity to own a piece of London’s rich heritage at this prestigious, multi-awardwinning development in South West London. Set within a restored Grade II listed building, The 1840, St George’s Gardens offers a unique collection of one, two, and three-bedroom conversion apartments, duplexes, and penthouses blends timeless elegance with contemporary design.

Already finding her new home at The 1840, St George’s Garden, Elif Yigit, in her early 50’s and originally from Türkiye, was living in Paris where her corporate job was based. A new role meant she had to make the move to London in 2014.

Leaving behind the sparkly lights of the Eiffel Tower, Elif was privately renting a one-bedroom

9 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

apartment in Chelsea until she decided it was time to purchase her own home in 2020.

Elif comments, “To be honest, it took me 2 years to decide whether to purchase a home or not. I’m a very fussy person and it takes me a long time to like anything, let alone buy it. I wasn’t looking in the outer boroughs of London until I saw City & Country’s The 1840 St George’s Gardens development on Instagram. The building just wowed me. I always make fun of Instagram and think who would seriously buy a home from social media, but that turned out to be me!”

The original features and interesting past were something that persuaded Elif to complete her purchase. “I like to live in authentic places with history. When I was looking at homes, I did consider a new build apartment block closer to Chelsea but couldn’t bring myself to do it.

Although new builds were more convenient, they lacked character. The ceilings were low, and they didn’t have any soul. I love old buildings with high ceilings, big windows and character. Having that and the convenience of a new build was why The 1840 ticked all of my boxes. I got a new build home with the features and character of an older building.”

Discover a lifestyle you deserve at The 1840, St George’s Garden. Secure your appointment on 0203 1317 006 or cityandcountry.co.uk.

“Set within a restored Grade II listed building, The 1840 offers a unique collection of one, two, and threebedroom conversion apartments, duplexes, and penthouses blends timeless elegance with contemporary design”

PROPERTY

Little Green Phase 2 Homes Selling Fast – Don’t Miss Out!

H

ot off the launch of Phase 2 at Little Green, Brown & Merry are thrilled to announce that the beautifully designed 3 and 4 bedroom homes

by Shanly Homes are proving incredibly popular and selling fast – don’t miss your chance to secure one! Phase 2 is the final phase of Little Green so to find out what makes it so popular please call or email to book your exclusive appointment. Our property experts will be on hand to discuss how we can make your move to Little Green as easy as possible.

9 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

Situated in the village of Aston Clinton, on the doorstep of the Chiltern Hills with easy access to Tring, Aylesbury and Berkhamsted, Little Green offers the perfect blend of village living alongside convenience. Built by award-winning developer, Shanly Homes, this superb selection of family homes is built to an excellent specification. The development benefits from great road connections and a host of amenities on its doorstep in addition to a day nursery, pre-school and primary school within the village and “Outstanding” rated secondary schools just a short drive away. The homes are highly energy efficient and could save you up to £979 per year in energy costs compared to a second-hand home**.

Enquire now to find out how you could move into your dream new home or to discuss a bespoke incentives package* to suit you.

THE DETAILS 3 bedroom homes start from £535,000.

For more information and to book an appointment, please contact Brown & Merry on 01442 824133 or Tring@brownandmerry.co.uk. *All incentives subject to T&Cs and available on selected plots ** Subject to individual usage. Source: HBF “Watt a Save” report published January 2025.

M AY 2 0 2 5 9 5

PROPERTY

Lightfield development, Barnet W

ith 75% sold at our Lightfield development in Barnet, and an exciting range of incentives available including deposit contributions* and a £2,500 John Lewis ‘Gift of Experience’*, now is the time to reserve. Plus complete before the Stamp Duty rise on 1st April and you will save thousands.

Situated in the heart of High Barnet with the Spires Shopping Centre on your doorstep and just a short walk to High Barnet underground station, these one- and two-bedroom apartments and penthouses are built to award-winning developer Shanly Homes’ exacting standards. Lightfield benefits from easy access to the M25 and A1, and excellent local schools. These energy efficient homes could also save you over £979/year in energy costs^.

“We’re delighted to offer this prestigious, gated development to our discerning customers who have been impressed by the size and specification of the apartments. With over 75% now sold,

9 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

demand has been high, and we’ve had an incredible amount of interest for the final phase.”

Nick Staton, owner Statons Estate Agents Peter Cunningham, CEO of Lanes Exclusive Homes added: “We’re delighted to be marketing Lightfield for our client Shanly Homes. High Barnet is a really popular location, and Lightfield is in a prime position with so much abundant green spaces, amenities, and excellent schools community right on its doorstep.” shanlyhomes.com

“We’re delighted to offer this prestigious, gated development to our discerning customers”

GENTLEMEN’S GUIDE

– A luxury Guide for discerning Gentlemen – I M AG E : S O H O S C A RV E S

GENTLEMEN’S GUIDE

Garstin 1871: British Craftsmanship for the Modern World.

I

n an age of instant everything, there remains a rare breed of gentleman who values something a little slower — something made with care. For him, there is Garstin 1871: where British leathercraft skills meet the polished precision of modern Apple technology.

Every product is an elegant blend of purpose and prestige that don’t just protect your tech; they enhance it. These are not mere accessories. They’re everyday companions, designed for men who appreciate the brilliance of Apple, but still want something with a touch of soul wrapped around it.

Blending traditional craft skills passed down through generations in England and the finest vegetable-tanned leather – sourced primarily from Italy’s world-renowned Badalassi Carlo tannery – Garstin 1871 pieces are made to last and in fact, improve with age. The patina tells your story, from red-eye flights to boardroom victories and everything in between. It’s character, not wear.

1 0 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

Garstin 1871 is not about nostalgia. It’s about balance. Each piece is designed for today’s fast-paced lifestyle, with intuitive functionality, thoughtful design, and a deep respect for craftsmanship. The thoughtful pieces are as practical as they are elegant – built to protect your tech, fit your routine, and elevate the everyday.

Apple products deserve more than massmarket manufacturing. After all, they’re some of the most beautiful objects ever made. Shouldn’t they be housed in something equally considered?

Something that speaks not just of utility, but of quiet confidence? They make the perfect gift for the discerning gent as they certainly understand this. They know that quality – true quality – is both seen and felt. And they’d rather buy once and buy well. True sustainability lies in products that are made better thus last longer.

Whether you’re jetting from Claridge’s to Cannes or simply enjoying the rhythm of daily life in London, Garstin 1871 ensures your Apple essentials are wrapped in enduring luxury. This is where craftsmanship meets connoisseurship and where the modern man carries not just his tech, but his story.

Visit Garstin 1871.com - Instagram.com/ garstin1871/

“Garstin 1871 is not about nostalgia. It’s about balance”

GENTLEMEN’S GUIDE

ELEVATE YOUR SOUND EXPERIENCE WITH BESPOKE SPEAKER STANDS

A

UDIO CHIC, understand that true music enthusiasts seek perfection in every note and harmony. Unleash the full potential of your audio system with AUDIO CHIC’s bespoke, made-to-order speaker stands. Why settle for generic when you can tailor every aspect of your sound experience to perfection?

Made in Britain and meticulously crafted with precision and an understanding of acoustics, their custom speaker stands are more than just a base for your speakers. They are a testament to your commitment to quality sound and a reflection of your unique style. Each stand is carefully designed to enhance the audio quality of your speakers, ensuring clarity, depth, and precision in every note.

Imagine speaker stands that are not only acoustically superior but also visually stunning.

With AUDIO CHIC, that imagination becomes reality. Their bespoke service allows you to specify materials, dimensions, shape, and height. Whether 1 0 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

you prefer the sleek modernity of dark Walnut or the warmth and classic feel of Oak, we bring your vision to life.

But why choose bespoke? Because sound is personal. The placement, height, and material of your speaker stands can drastically affect how music fills your space. With their made-to-order service, every detail is tailored to optimise your listening experience and complement your living space’s aesthetics.

Don’t let standard solutions dictate how you experience music. Step into the world of bespoke speaker stands and discover how personalised precision can transform your listening experience.

In an industry inundated with fleeting trends and ephemeral gadgets, AUDIO CHIC emerges as a beacon of enduring quality and timeless elegance. Here, excellence is not just a standard— it is an expectation. As custodians of auditory artistry, we invite you to explore a world where sound is not merely heard but felt and cherished.

ARE YOU READY TO EXPERIENCE THE DIFFERENCE? Visit audiochic.co.uk Email: sales@audiochic.co.uk

There are many reasons we find it hard to organise our lives.

Mostly there simply isn’t enough time.

Private PA Ltd has over 25 years’ experience. We are self-starters who use our initiative to find the most efficient and stress-free way to help you run your personal life.

Bringing us in for just a few hours a week or a month could bring a huge relief. You can hand over the jobs that need doing regularly or book a one-off job just to clear the decks.

Call or email us now to discuss how we can be of assistance.

Mobile: 07714 100 370 Email: amanda@privatepa.co.uk Or have a look at our website for ideas at www.PrivatePa.co.uk

COMFORT MEETS CLASS - SAY HELLO TO BOXEROO. This Father’s Day, treat Dad to a gift that blends everyday comfort with next-level-innovation - Boxeroo, the

new premium boxer brand designed to redefine his top drawer. Crafted from sustainably sourced Tencel Lyocell, Boxeroo boxers are breathable, silky-soft, and kind to the planet. But it’s what’s inside that really counts: an ergonomically designed pouch that keeps everything securely in place, all day long. No more ride-ups, bunching or awkward adjustments - just smooth support and anti-chafe luxury. And it’s all wrapped in Boxeroo’s signature luxury packaging - sleek, stylish, and gift-ready straight out of the box.

Because comfort should never come second - especially on Father’s Day. Email: support@boxeroo.co.uk | Web: www.boxeroo.co.uk

The Governor premium early harvest Extra Virgin Olive Oils from Corfu, are considered to be one of the healthiest in the world. The first to be granted a EU health claim, it is supercharged with naturally occurring anti-inflammatory, antioxidant and antiviral compounds.

It is a robust EVOO with a gentle grass aroma and a peppery finish.

Its velvety mouthfeel and incredible length and complexity adds a layer of taste and luxury to any meal. Only 8500 hand numbered bottles produced per annum.

10% of all sales are donated to the Pink Ribbon Foundation. www.thegovernorevoo.co.uk www.thepinkribbonfoundation.org.uk

A British brand of menswear, using luxury and advanced materials to make precise and considered sportswear, inspired by boxers. www.realpowerofone.com Above the noise and beyond the ‘shoulds’, we are for all those who find peace in their movement.

Our precise and considered pieces allow you to live in the fullness of the moment.

A quiet mind is a powerful mind.

Inspired by the movement and meditative focus of boxers, our fine sportswear allows you to live in the fullness of the moment. To enjoy, not endure.

When the body is busy the mind is empty.

Our narrative is anchored in the meditative state we occupy when we move - immersed in the moment, lost in the rhythm, and alive in the process.

When something is small yet noticeable, the value is seen.

Our system of clothing puts performance at the heart of construction. Each layer considers the transition from movement to time spent in recovery and recreation. Luxury and advanced materials blend to bring understated style with modern performance.

GENTLEMEN’S GUIDE

SOHO SCARVES ALWAYS TIMELESS… tailored for today. You’ll wear them when only a bit of flair will do. When you want an accessory to seal the deal. To nail a look, a polish that can’t be copied - a way of being only you can pull off.

Silks and scarves. Pocket squares and cravats.

Bandanas, ties, socks. Their heritage pieces have a modern twist. Think of it as stuff from back then designed for right now. Imagine Saville Row bumping into Hackney Wick on Berwick Street.

Yeah? There you go. That’s them.

We’ll be honest, this brand is not for the faint of heart, but they don’t pretend to be. They are your flourish. They are for those of you who know what you’re about. For reaching out and taking distinction for yourselves.

To wear a Soho scarf is to have a day off from looking like the rest. Because style is everywhere.

Style is timeless. And not everyone has it, not yet.

A

t some point we draw a line in the sand. We say, you know what, this is who I am. This is what I look like, and this that how that goes. That, friends, is when style is born.

It can happen early. Some of us have style all along. Some of us work at it. It’s a verb to us. It’s something we do - we’re working on it all the time.

These are the people Soho Scarves are interested in, the ones who’ve made their choice. People who know life’s not about blending in, who won’t ever need telling how to look.

Soho Scarves makes timeless British styles

1 1 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

A TASTE OF THEIR COLLECTIONS: Bauhaus Colourful set of scarves inspired by the modernist school of thought, where design and purpose united for a fluid continuum of elegant practicality.

Made In England Range of paisley, plaid and rural motif designs that could only have come from the spiritual home of gentlemanly tailoring, our very own Blighty.

Acid Geo A potent cocktail of silks—neon dipped, almost LSD dripped - with a range of geometric patterns meant to give a modern look real wallop.

To view Soho Scarves’ full collection, visit soho-scarves.com Instagram @soho_scarves

GENTLEMEN’S GUIDE

WATSON & WOLFE:

WHERE STYLE MEETS SUSTAINABILITY

“W

hen I founded Watson & Wolfe, I wanted to prove that luxury doesn’t have to come at the planet’s expense,” says Helen Farr-Leander, founder of the fast-rising ethical accessories brand.

After a decade leading teams at Aspinal of London, Helen launched Watson & Wolfe in 2017 with a fresh vision: timeless design, elevated by next-generation sustainable materials — with no compromise on quality or style.

At the heart of Watson & Wolfe’s collection is innovative corn leather, made partly from nonfood grade corn. It mirrors the rich, supple feel of traditional leather but with dramatically less environmental impact. Classic shades of black and brown are paired with eco-friendly linings made from recycled plastics, available in vivid tones like cobalt blue, emerald green, red, and orange.

The brand’s offering spans wallets, card holders, belts, and travel accessories, many of which can be personalised for a bespoke touch. Each piece captures the brand’s core ethos: that exceptional design and responsible craftsmanship should always go hand in hand.

Beyond the materials, Watson & Wolfe champions fair labour practices, ensuring every artisan involved in production is treated respectfully and paid fairly — reinforcing a deeper commitment to ethical business.

The brand’s approach has struck a chord with

1 1 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

“The future of fashion is sustainable, and we’re proud to be part of that change”

modern consumers. Watson & Wolfe has earned an outstanding 4.8-star average in independent customer reviews and a loyal following that continues to grow.

As Helen explains, “The future of fashion is sustainable, and we’re proud to be part of that change.”

For those seeking accessories that are as thoughtful as they are stylish, Watson & Wolfe offers an inspired choice.

Discover the full collection at watsonwolfe.com.

A CLINIC FOR MEN…DESIGNED BY MEN MANSCULPT CLINICS LONDON

CONTACT MANSCULPT CLINICS TODAY… Mansculpt Holborn, 69 Chancery Lane, London, WC2A 1AF Mansculpt Notting Hill, 355 Portobello Road, London,W10 5SA

TREATMENTS FOR MEN DESIGNED BY MEN Our male practitioners are trained in the latest Soprano™ Titanium laser for pain-free laser hair removal for all skin types! Beards, Back, Bums and Balls, we do it all! Our Mansculpt experts are specially trained in male intimate areas.

THEY ARE EXPERTS FOR A REASON. That’s not all we do, ‘Mansculpting’ experts are also trained in the latest Emsculpt machine.

Say goodbye to tedious sit-ups and have your abdomen sculpted in less than 45 minutes using electro-muscle stimulation. 30,000 contractions in a 45-minute session! Get fitness advice and put your feet up and relax while our latest technology does all the work.

MANSCULPT CLINICS ALSO OFFERS: • Green Laser Lipo Fat-Loss Treatment • Fat Freezing • Fat Dissolving Treatments • Body Massage • Face Treatments Say hello to your new gentlemen’s club.

www.mansculptclinic.co.uk Instagram: mansculptlondon Email: info@mansculptclinic.co.uk

Find the perfect feature for your home or garden.

Visit our display location in Surrey or explore our extensive range of high-quality fire pits, water features, and fireplace surrounds on our website.

Available for demonstration – come and see them in action today!

Visit us at the RHS Chelsea Flower Show 2025, stand PW191 www.solusdecor.co.uk info@solusdecor.co.uk 020 8819 1495

Matthew Childs Design is a garden and landscape design studio based in Surrey and Devon, covering projects across the U.K. and Internationally.

We create deeply personal spaces tailored to suit your vision and requirements.

Our gardens reflect the people who will use them and the unique character of their surroundings. They are not only beautiful but also an extension of the home and an enhancement to daily life.

E: studio@matthewchildsdesign.co.uk T: +44 (0) 1737 221665

THE

OUTDOOR LIVING GUIDE

– Making the most of the great outdoors this Spring and Summer – I M AG E : R H S C H E L S E A F L OW E R S H OW 2 0 2 5 P R E V I E W

OUTDOOR LIVING

World-renowned, glamorous and quintessentially British…

RHS CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW 2025 PREVIEW 20 – 24 May 2025

T

he greatest flower show on earth returns to Royal Hospital Chelsea with stunning garden designs, gorgeous floral displays and exclusive shopping.

Over a century old, and RHS Chelsea still delivers new ideas in horticulture – drawing a global crowd and is the ‘haute-couture’ of the international gardening scene.

RHS has revealed their sensational garden line-up for 2025, representing the pinnacle of horticultural excellence with cutting-edge design, inspiration, colour and innovation. Expect to be dazzled!

Tackle HIV Challenging Stigma Garden

“RHS has revealed their sensational garden line-up for 2025, representing the pinnacle of horticultural excellence”

Garden - designed by John Warland & Tom Barrister, built by Luxe Exteriors. The garden is inspired by Henri Dunant – the Swiss visionary founder of the Red Cross Red Crescent Movement – and the countless volunteers who have dedicated their lives to impartial and compassionate service supporting people in crisis in the UK and overseas.

A contemporary twist on an alpine garden, highlighting where the Red Cross has recently provided disaster relief.

Boodles Raindance Garden - designed by Dr Catherine MacDonald, built by Gadd Brothers Trees & Landscapes. The Boodles Raindance Garden commemorates the 25th anniversary of the ‘Raindance’ jewellery collection. Inspired by the impact of water on stone, the garden reflects

2025 SHOW GARDENS INCLUDE: The London Square Chelsea Pensioners Garden - designed by Dave Green, built by PC Landscapes. Working with the Royal Hospital Chelsea, home of the Chelsea Pensioners, London Square aims to reflect the 300-year-old heritage of “a home for soldiers broken by age and war.”

The garden is a place for the Pensioners to share or to enjoy quiet reflection. Vibrant planting to the garden boundaries reflects the ceremonial life of the Pensioners, with calmer and more textural planting to the centre capturing their more private moments.

The British Red Cross ‘Here for Humanity’ 1 2 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

Boodles Raindance Garden

HOME & PROPERTY

the style and motifs of the jewellery. Against the backdrop of lush green ferns, beautiful flowers such as Astrantia ‘Shaggy’ and Paeonia ‘Noémie Demay’ stand out like gemstones. Seating areas provide tranquillity amidst the lush greenery, creating a serene and restful atmosphere.

Tackle HIV Challenging Stigma Garden designed by Manoj Malde, built by JJH Landscapes.

The garden draws inspiration from the significant scientific and medical advancements made in HIV treatment over the last 40 years. Today, individuals living with HIV on effective treatment can anticipate a long and fulfilling life without limitations.

Hexagonal paving reflects a key chemical structure found within many HIV medications. Water flows under a bridge, symbolising the transition to a healthy life supported by community.

THE GREAT PAVILION A fresh floral feast! An oasis of colour and scents with some of the world’s finest growers and nurseries exhibiting impressive displays and offering expert advice. Nothing compares to being surrounded by the colour and fragrance in the Pavilion - a truly unique experience.

The RHS Sustainable Garden Product of the Year competition is also announced and champions companies creating greener choices for gardeners. The vast Great Pavilion will also house Floristry and Floral Art.

The British Red Cross ‘Here for Humanity’ Garden

RETAIL THERAPY Enjoy exclusive boutique shopping - from garden buildings and seating to jewellery, textiles, arts and crafts, there’s something to tempt everyone.

All around the showground, you’ll find a host of exhibitors, both new and established, selling their innovative and desirable horticultural-themed products and gifts.

FOOD & DRINK Expect to be wowed with a mouth-watering array of food and drink with glamorous restaurants such as The Promenade at RHS Chelsea Flower Show

by The Dorchester, The Ranelagh Restaurant, Spring Garden at RHS Chelsea Flower Show and Champagne & Seafood Restaurant. Plus, there are plenty of cafes, food courts and picnic areas perfect for a quick bite to eat.

RHS CHELSEA LATE – FRIDAY 23 MAY 2025 Discover RHS Chelsea Flower Show as the sun sets with music, food and music. From 5.30pm, all the sights of the show are yours to enjoy. At 8pm, head to Ranelagh Gardens for an unforgettable evening performance from legendary DJ Sara Cox and an eclectic mix of delicious food and drink options from around the world.

RHS Chelsea Flower Show is without doubt the most prestigious Flower Show on earth.

For more details and to book tickets for RHS Chelsea Flower Show, visit rhs.org.uk/chelsea

M AY 2 0 2 5 1 2 1

OUTDOOR LIVING

[SHOPPING]

OUTDOOR LIVING CREAM DREAM Create a garden full of florals with our set of two spiral planters. In a neutral cream shade, these planters have plenty of scope to blend with a variety of garden designs. coxandcox.co.uk

STYLISH STRIPES Sit back and relax with the elegant and spacious Enzo Lounge Set, designed for both comfort and durability. Featuring a sleek minimalist design, this lounge set features four lounge chairs that you can link together to make a 2, 3 or even a 4 seater sofa, and an accompanying coffee table, all in a matching striped fabric and taupe iron frame. cultfurniture.com

WE LOVE We love this Aura Bistro Set. dobbies.com

LANTERN OF LIGHT The special design of the Hurricane Lantern renders it so unique – and a reliable light source for your garden in any weather. berryuseful.co.uk

COMPLETELY CORNERED New for 2025 Comprising an L-shaped corner sofa to sit 4 people, and a coffee table, this set of corner lounge outdoor furniture has everything you need to entertain this summer, whether a coffee morning with friends or sundowners with family. atkinandthyme.co.uk 1 2 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

PLAYING WITH FIRE Warm up! Cosipure 100 Square outdoor gas fire pit table with black metal base and teak wood top. clickstyle.co.uk

Timeless designs with a classic touch, handcrafted in rural Lancashire by skilled blacksmiths.

Anvil & Moor blend elegant design and durability to create pieces that embody tradition, pride and quality.

Grounded in sustainability and authenticity, our products stand the test of time whilst developing character as they age. Our furniture is made of solid steel with smooth flowing lines that naturally contour to the body.

From garden benches to bespoke commissions, the work reflects our dedication, skill and creativity. With no maintenance required, each piece is testament to the artistry and heritage of traditional craftsmanship.

Buy right, buy once.

Classic designs, made to last. www.anvilmoor.co.uk | info@anvilmoor.co.uk

OUTDOOR LIVING

THE SUMMER T OUTDOOR EDIT

he Outdoor Edit is excited to introduce our new product range, featuring 6 new curated collections. Each collection includes bistro set, parasol, and accessories to ensure that your outdoor space is both stylish and comfortable.

Each collection is based on how the products should make you feel - such as Playful Nostalgia and Moments of Joy. These collections are rooted in stylish whimsy to boost the mood in your outdoor space with a shot of bright colour.

Other collections are more focused on creating a calming environment for your garden - such as Sea and Sky and Coffee Naturals. These collections were informed by trending colours like sky blues and espresso browns, selected for their soothing qualities to create your own outdoor oasis.

For those seeking more timeless designs, the Country Garden and Dark Bouquet collections feature sophisticated olive tones and lush floral patterns. Each collection also includes trend-inspired accessories such as the Mushroom and Luma lights and outdoor cushions in 21 different designs including trending striped and frilled patterns.

Each collection features something different to ensure that there is something for everyone; no matter what kind of outdoor environment you want to create, The Outdoor Edit has something for you.

The new product range is available for pre-order now, exclusively via The Outdoor Edit website.

All products are sold individually or as part of a collection, so customers can mix and match or shop by theme. theoutdooredit.co.uk

1 2 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

TTA Business Card v2 5th (Pantone 21/8/08 CMYKcolour 21/8/08 9:25 577) am Page 2 TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 Page 2 (iTree consultancy) (eTree planting) Page 2 (iPlant landscape) (eTree surgery)

TTA Business Card v2 5th (Pantone 21/8/08 9:24 am CMYKcolour 21/8/08 9:25 577) am Page 2 TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am The Tree Agency The Tree Agency

darryl parkin The Treehouse The Treehouse 25 King Edwards Grove The Treehouse 25King King Edwards Grove, Teddington, Middlesex 25 Edwards GroveTW11 9LY Teddington, Middlesex TW11 9LY Telephone 020 8274 0107 Teddington, Middlesex TW11 9LY Mobile 07960 Telephone 020 8274 0107 Telephone 020123580 8274 0107 Fax 02007960 8274 123580 0119 Mobile info@thetreeagency.co.uk Fax 020 8274 0119 www.thetreeagency.co.uk info@thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

darryl parkin The Treehouse 25 King Edwards Grove The Treehouse Teddington, Middlesex 25 King Edwards GroveTW11 9LY Mobile 07960 Telephone 123580 8274 0107 Teddington,020 Middlesex TW11 9LY info@thetreeagency.co.uk Mobile 07960 Telephone 020123580 8274 0107 www.thetreeagency.co.uk Fax 02007960 8274 123580 0119 Mobile info@thetreeagency.co.uk Fax 020 8274 0119 www.thetreeagency.co.uk info@thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

9:24 9:24

OUTDOOR LIVING

French Château A capsule collection offering romance and a certain faded elegance

C

ox & Cox arose from a desire to create a unique collection of homeware products that couldn’t be found elsewhere, with customers encouraged to find their own style and to love every corner of their home. Today our collection continues to curate natural style for design lovers of all tastes, with every detail for a look that is distinct, harmonious and always unique.

Based in Frome, Somerset, all of our products continue to be chosen with you in mind. Our design led collections are inspired by tradition and trend to offer new ways to transform the homes and gardens of every interior enthusiast.

From inspirational furniture, lighting, storage and accessories, we capture the season with a timeless aesthetic and effortless style.

To achieve a French château look in the garden, opt for elegant metal furniture that exudes timeless charm. Cox & Cox offers a range of café-style bistro sets, benches, and ornate, tiered plant stands that bring a touch of Parisian sophistication to your outdoor space. Pair your metal furniture with soft linen cushions, trailing wisteria, and stone planters for an authentic château feel. Whether nestled under a pergola or placed on a sun-dappled terrace, these pieces add an air of French elegance. coxandcox.co.uk

1 2 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Opt for elegant metal furniture that exudes timeless charm”

OUTDOOR LIVING

DISTINCTIVE OUTDOOR LIGHTING

W

hether it is a lounge area, dining space or the outdoor kitchen, our collection of outdoor lighting fixtures will enhance a curated space to the next level.

Bring gardens alive and create an exterior dining space to hang an outdoor chandelier or multiple outdoor pendants so that you can enjoy more alfresco dining when the warmer evenings come along.

For the hottest days and nights install outdoor ceiling fans to provide a gentle breeze above a seating or dining area so that you can enjoy the great outdoors for longer.

Take a look at the portable outdoor blue tooth lanterns available in two styles. These robust and heavy lanterns are ideal for tables and seating areas at the end of a garden where there is no mains electricity. Simply recharge and enjoy hours of fun with your favourite music played through the blue tooth speaker.

Be sure to light up the garden with pathway lighting to lead the way to a door or car in safety.

Distinctive Lighting has a great range of pedestals, bollards and lamp-posts to provide outdoor decorative lighting solutions, including fixtures suitable for saline coastal conditions.

For more inspirational ideas, visit the Distinctive Lighting showroom (GU34 2QJ) where you will find more than 500 exterior lighting models on display. The variety of choice is unrivalled.

T: 01420 590510. distinctivelightinguk.com 1 2 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

OUTDOOR LIVING

The Art of

Alfresco Outdoor living with indoor luxury

A

s the seasons shift and the outdoors begin to beckon, there’s never been a better time to redefine your outdoor space. At Cult, we believe your home shouldn’t end at the door. With The Art of Alfresco, our new garden furniture campaign, we invite you to blur the lines between indoors and out—with considered design, enduring quality, and effortless style.

Whether you’re entertaining friends under the open sky or embracing a quiet solo moment, our new garden collections are designed to elevate the experience.

The Enzo Lounge Set offers modular luxury at its best. Minimalist yet inviting, the collection features four generously sized lounge chairs that link together to create a tailored 2-, 3-, or 4-seater arrangement.

It’s accompanied by a sleek, matching coffee table, all wrapped in a soft taupe iron frame and striped upholstery. Designed with both visual appeal and resilience in mind, Enzo is crafted from UVprotected and water-resistant materials—so it looks great and performs beautifully, season after season.

For those craving colour and comfort, look no further than the Dante Garden Lounge Set. With a

“Both sets strike a perfect balance of form, function, and feeling, staying true to Cult’s belief that great design should never compromise on comfort”

chic taupe aluminium frame and striking burgundy chequerboard cushions, Dante brings a bold, contemporary edge to outdoor lounging. The set includes a sofa, two armchairs, and a coffee table, all featuring plush cushions for deep, laid-back relaxation. Its flexible design means you can easily position it to soak up the sun or retreat into the shade.

Both sets strike a perfect balance of form, function, and feeling, staying true to Cult’s belief that great design should never compromise on comfort.

The Art of Alfresco is more than a garden refresh. It’s a mindset. A return to slow living. A celebration of moments, big and small, under the open sky. This is outdoor living, the Cult way. cultfurniture.com 1 3 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

ORBRO POOLS

Building the pool and landscape of your dreams

Your garden can be anything you want it to be… anything is possible to create a magical experience.

ORBRO POOLS have over 25 years’ experience in building swimming pools and landscapes.

We don’t just build pools...we create places for you to make amazing memories BOOK YOUR FREE DIGITAL POOL CONSULTATION

We listen…we design…we build…You enjoy

Office: 01903 944594 Mobile: 07976 850522 Email: info@orbro.co.uk

www.orbro.co.uk

OUTDOOR LIVING

DIVE INTO PURE LUXURY WITH

ORBRO POOLS

I

n the realm of luxury living, few additions can elevate a home - and a lifestyle - quite like a beautifully designed swimming pool.

More than a statement of taste, a pool is a sanctuary, a social nucleus, and increasingly, a symbol of holistic wellness.

At the forefront of this refined movement is Orbro Pools, a UK-based innovator redefining the art and precision of high-end pool design.

What sets Orbro apart is not just their vision for elegance, but their commitment to intelligent construction. Partnering with Clipblox, an advanced modular build system, Orbro Pools delivers bespoke pools with unmatched efficiency and finesse. The Clipblox technology allows for faster installation without compromising craftsmanship, giving homeowners a seamless route from dream to reality.

It’s no surprise Clipblox was recently awarded a prestigious Gold Award for Pool Product of the Year, recognising its role in solving many of today’s construction challenges with smart, adaptable engineering.

But a luxury pool is more than an architectural marvel - it’s a lifestyle investment. Whether nestled in the rolling countryside or gracing a modernist cityscape, an Orbro pool becomes the heart of the home. It’s where families gather, friends celebrate, and quiet moments of peace unfold in crystalline water. These are the spaces where memories are

1 3 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

made - sun-soaked birthdays, twilight swims, and laughter echoing into warm summer nights.

Beyond aesthetics and emotion, there’s a transformative power in water. Swimming pools today are an extension of wellness architecture: a place not only to unwind but to build strength, maintain health, and embrace a life of vitality.

Orbro’s design philosophy embraces this, merging beauty with purpose in every tile, curve, and surface.

The result? Homes with character and value properties that command attention and inspire connection. In a world that values both opulence and intention, Orbro Pools is delivering on both, one luxurious ripple at a time.

Chat to one of their experts whether you’re looking to build now or in the future.

Visit orbro.co.uk

“It’s no surprise Clipblox was recently awarded a prestigious Gold Award for Pool Product of the Year, recognising its role in solving many of today’s construction challenges with smart, adaptable engineering”

THE HOME OF QUALITY DESIGNER TEA TOWELS AND SELECTED TABLE LINENS

(ABOVE) “Petit Pois”, printed linen union tablecloth in pinks and greens by Tessitura Toscana Telerie.

Size featured 140 x 170 cm other sizes available on request.

(RIGHT) “Recycle Linen & Cotton Bistro”, linen & cotton multi-purpose tea towels by Charvet Éditions

(RIGHT) “Carel – Red & Green”, printed linen tea towels

by Tessitura Toscana Telerie

(BELOW) “Confiture”, woven cotton tea towels and terry hand towel by Coucke

(BELOW) “Bal des Papillons Purple”, woven cotton table runner by Jacquard Français

Home Landing is the home of fine tea towels, a website for textile enthusiasts. Browse through our collections of printed and woven tea towels ranging from fun loving and classic cotton prints, fine printed Italian linens, rustic woven French linens, design led coloured French jacquard tea towels and classic Irish linen glass cloths.

There is something for everyone and PLEASE do not hesitate to contact us for any special orders.

Suppliers include: Charvet Éditions, Coucke, Emma Ball, Jacquard Français, Linoroom, Tessitura Toscana Telerie, Thomas Ferguson and Ulster Weavers.

Visit: www.home-landing.co.uk | Email: info@home-landing.co.uk | Telephone: 01635 48521

OUTDOOR LIVING

GARDEN CHEFS COOK, EAT AND RELAX Step into a world of warmth and modern style with Hofats

H

ofats is a renowned German company specialising in the design and production of innovative outdoor cooking and heating products. Established with a commitment to enhancing outdoor experiences, Hofats has consistently delivered premium quality and aesthetically pleasing products that combine functionality with modern design. Their range includes fire pits, grills, and various outdoor accessories, all crafted with precision engineering and a focus on user experience.

Partnering with Hofats to bring their exceptional products to the UK market, Garden Chefs has set out to introduce British consumers to a new level of outdoor enjoyment.

Garden Chefs, a leading distributor of outdoor lifestyle products, recognised the growing demand for high-quality, stylish outdoor cooking and heating solutions in the UK. By teaming up with Hofats, Garden Chefs aims to cater to this demand and provide customers with access to the latest innovations - bespoke solutions for the discerning connoisseur of outdoor living.

The partnership between Garden Chefs and Hofats signifies a synergy of expertise and passion for outdoor living. Garden Chefs brings to the table its extensive knowledge of the UK market

1 3 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

and a dedication to providing top-notch customer service, while Hofats contributes its cutting-edge designs and superior craftsmanship.

Together, they are poised to revolutionise the outdoor living scene in the UK, offering consumers a diverse range of premium products that elevate their outdoor cooking and entertaining experiences. With this collaboration, British customers can expect nothing less than excellence in both product quality and customer satisfaction.

Transform any space into your own firelit haven with sleek designs and versatile options.

Explore the magic of Hofats, crafted for moments that linger long after the last flame fades.

Embrace the Garden Chef ’s difference. Explore their collections, engage with the experts, and discover the bespoke possibilities that await.

THE DETAILS To discover their full range of exciting new products, visit gardenchefs.co.uk/hofats Tel: 01383 669190 E-mail: sales@gardenchefs.co.uk

OUTDOOR LIVING

Outdoor Elegance Personified

C

hic Teak is a family run business that has been established for over 20 years and is based in Hampshire and delivers Nationwide. Chic Teak specialises in premium teak garden & conservatory furniture with a high level of personal service from advising on choice of furniture through to delivery onto your terrace.

By using the best quality heartwood teak ensures longevity & attractiveness of the products.

The Teak is grown in Java and is sourced from the Government owned plantations. This ensures that it is sustainably grown & then correctly kiln dried to withstand the British climate. All the furniture is made using traditional joints and finished by hand. The whole process is covered by the Internationally agreed FLEGT scheme which is overseen by the Indonesian and British Governments.

Frequent visits by the partners to Java has nurtured close working relationships with suppliers & good opportunities to develop new lines whilst maintaining popular designs.

Because Chic Teak are specialists, they offer a wide choice both in terms of design and use. Although they can offer furniture as sets, they pride themselves in giving clients the opportunity of a “mix and match” to suit their circumstances and taste.

The heartwood teak contains high levels of oil naturally which is good protection from rain,

1 4 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

sunlight, mould & mildew. The wood is also tightly grained & very dense which makes it very durable.

Naturally Teak will weather to a silvery patina. We recommend cleaning teak wood furniture at least once a year. This can be done either by scrubbing with a dilute mixture of bleach and water, or spraying with a product called “Wet and Forget” once a year. Both methods clear the detritus and maintain the silvery patina.

Such is the confidence in the product that a 10-year guarantee is offered to support what we believe to be some of the best quality Teak Furniture available in the UK. chic-teak.co.uk Tel: 01256 398008 sales@chicteak.co.uk

OUTDOOR LIVING

Transforming Your Small Garden: Expert Tips for Maximizing Space and Style

“

I

n the heart of London, where gardens often come in compact sizes, the challenge of maximizing outdoor space is both an art and a science. However, with thoughtful design choices, even the smallest garden can feel expansive and inviting.

Here are several expert insights from designer and founder of Garden Club London, Tony Woods, on how to create the illusion of a larger garden while enhancing its beauty: 1. Harmonise Boundaries A unified aesthetic across garden edges—whether fences, walls, or hedges—creates flow and reduces visual clutter. A simple coat of neutral paint or consistent material choice can set a calm tone and enhance the sense of space.

2. Embrace Layers Use varied heights in plants and materials to guide the eye through the space gradually. Light, airy plants like grasses and wildflowers add depth without blocking views, encouraging a sense of movement and openness.

3. Centralise Your Seating Placing seating in the centre instead of against the edges promotes better flow and intimacy. Surrounded by greenery, it creates inviting nooks while maintaining a sense of openness and accessibility.

1 4 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

“This timeless courtyard style not only reduces upkeep but also invites texture and character, making your garden feel lush and expansive”

4. Go Oversized with Statement Planters In a small space less can truly be more. Skip the clutter of many small pots and opt for one large feature planter. A dramatic choice—like a tall olive tree or fern—adds structure, casts beautiful shadows, and draws the eye upward, making the garden feel taller and more spacious.

5. Reflect & Expand Mirrors can reflect light and add depth, doubling the sense of space. Place them subtly—behind trellises or within planting beds—and angle to avoid reflecting less attractive views, instead highlighting your greenery.

6. Reimagine the Lawn Bid farewell to the traditional tiny lawn, which can often appear dull and require constant maintenance. Instead, opt for a diverse selection of plants or a permeable surface like brick paving or gravel. This timeless courtyard style not only reduces upkeep but also invites texture and character, making your garden feel lush and expansive.

By implementing these thoughtful strategies, your small London Garden can transform into a serene escape that feels much larger than its actual footprint.

See more detail at gardenclublondon.co.uk

Famella

Famella are a family run organisation that specialises in high specification refurbishments, conversions, extensions, basements and new builds in the prime residential market and have a proven track record in this field.

Famella fully understands what an architect, structural engineer and client require from a contractor. They operate within key areas of expertise, understand the complexities of modern design and are dedicated to project delivery.

They enjoy the challenge of working with new materials, procuring modern designs and incorporating design development where necessary.

@famellabuildingcontractors

T: 01992 893 068

Famella have been creating beautiful award-winning homes for over 25 years

“Famella have executed several projects within the Grade 1 Listed RIBA headquarters. Each was managed very efficiently and completed on-time and within budget.

The quality of work and attention to detail was of an exceptionally high standard and I therefore have no hesitation in recommending Famella.”

Famella’s projects have won numerous industry awards including RIBA Award 2010 & 2022 and have had their work published within the RIBA Journal, World Of Interiors, Architectural Digest, Architects Journal, Architecture Today, Dezeen, Wallpaper Magazine, The Times and numerous books.

www.famella.co.uk

OUTDOOR LIVING

SUMMER HOSTING

A

s the warmer days set in, it’s time to transform your outdoor space into a stylish retreat perfect for lounging, dining, and entertaining.

Our latest garden furniture collection brings together comfort, elegance, and durability.

Whether you’re hosting a cosy evening with friends, or simply enjoying a quiet moment in the fresh air, our pieces are designed to make your patio or garden the ultimate summer spot.

“A well designed outdoor space should feel like an extension of your home, so mirroring elements of your interiors within the outside is a must!

Whether it’s a splash of colour with an outdoor rug or throw for when you’re chatting into the early hours after dinner, or a beautiful dinner set, a pop of colour and pattern makes for the perfect outdoor setting.

Choosing the correct furniture can also bring the feeling of the French Riviera just a stone’s throw from your house – perhaps a casual lounging chair for sunny afternoons.” – Helen Ashmore, Head of Design lauraashley.com 1 4 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

WINNER OF OUTSTANDING POOL OF THE YEAR 2020 & 2023

Family Company celebrating 59 years of excellence.

• Heating & Environmental Specialists • Service & Maintenance Contracts • Pool Refurbishments • Chemicals, Equipment, Safety Covers

• Moveable Floors • Saunas & Steam Rooms • Hot Tub Showroom • Supporters of Ordinary 2 Extraordinary

Elevate your outdoor living experience with a bespoke structure Hand made in Great Britain Order now for a Summer 2025 installation

www.ttvc.co.uk 01580 854891

ART GUIDE

– Stunning art from local, national and international artists – I M A G E : Q U OT E A N D C U R AT E

ART

World leading RHS Botanical Art and Photography Show Returns to Saatchi Gallery this summer. From 13 June – 27 July 2025 Come Into My Garden VI, Rachel Wallace

Mid August, Michele Turriani

THE DETAILS For more information about the RHS Botanical Art & Photography Show visit: rhs.org.uk/shows-events/ rhs-botanical-art-andphotography-show

SOCIAL MEDIA

B

otanical art and photography from around the world will be on show at the Saatchi Gallery this summer as the annual RHS exhibition returns for a fifth year.

The RHS Botanical Art and Photography Show in partnership with Saatchi Gallery will feature a rich variety of subjects including stunning Japanese Cherry blossom, the unusual ‘Kangaroo paw’ plants of Australia, and plants used in traditional cosmetics by Korean Women.

Portfolio photography features a diverse range of plants, gardens and natural habitats with subjects ranging from Tuscan olive trees to the Acacia cyclops of South Africa’s richly biodiverse Cape floral kingdom. A common theme in this year’s exhibit is plants that have been useful for humans, whether for beauty, clothing, medicine or fuel.

All of the artworks submitted have undergone a meticulous reviewing process by an expert judging panel and assessed on aesthetic appeal, scientific accuracy and technical skill. Once on display, the artists compete for an RHS medal – Gold, SilverGilt, and Bronze, as well as a ‘best in show’ award, namely Best Botanical Artwork, Best Botanical Art Exhibit, Best Portfolio Photography Exhibit, Best

1 5 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

Single Image and Judges Special Award. The public will once again have the opportunity to vote in the People’s Choice award via the RHS website.

The Show contributes to a long legacy of botanical art collecting and display by the RHS, and complements the work of the RHS Lindley Collections, which holds more than 30,000 botanical paintings and heritage photographs.

For the first time ever, the exhibition will be free to enter with visitors invited to make a donation to the Gallery as a registered charity.

Cortinarius umbrinolens, Tony North

Join the discussion about the exhibition online at: #RHSSaatchiGallery Instagram: @saatchi_gallery @the_rhs X: @saatchi_gallery @The_RHS TikTok: @saatchi_gallery @rhshome Facebook: @saatchigalleryofficial @rhshome For more information visit saatchigallery.com Saatchi Gallery, Duke of York’s HQ, King’s Rd, Chelsea, SW3 4RY

ART

Celebrating colour through Art Q uote & Curate is the Studio and Gallery of Artist Angela Murray, based at The Design Centre Chelsea Harbour, enabling Designers and their Clients to acquire unique, investable Fine Art to complete Residential and Commercial projects.

As Artist In Residence at DCCH, Angela also offers clients the opportunity to commission bespoke paintings, which is a uniquely creative journey directly with the Artist. In addition, Angela uses only Natural or Mineral Paint, ensuring that the Fine Art going into an interior is as considered in terms of its materiality as its aesthetic. Painting on linen, which is naturally biodegradable, keeps Angelas sphere of materials as considered as possible, resulting in sustainable works of art with a lighter footprint.

The studio is full of paintings to browse and buy. Dominant currently are colour drenched canvas’ celebrating the beauty of natural pigment and embellishments of gold leaf. quoteandcurate.com

1 5 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Angela uses only Natural or Mineral Paint, ensuring that the Fine Art going into an interior is as considered in terms of its materiality as its aesthetic”

ART

The magic of Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings

A

n artist has added a touch of magic to used tea bags by painting scenes inspired from Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings on them.

Caroline West, 50, from Waterlooville, Hampshire, has been painting on used tea bags since August 2023 as a way of turning something that is typically discarded into “something beautiful”.

Hoping to capture the enchantment many feel when reading or watching fantasies, she decided to paint “iconic” characters, places, moments and structures from both Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings on her unique canvas of choice.

“I’m an avid reader and I’m so inspired by how a storyteller can weave an entire world into a book, so I just wanted to see if I could capture that feeling in miniature, on a tea bag,” Mrs West told the PA news agency.

“The Lord of the Rings and Harry Potter are just iconic so I wanted to do a limited edition collection of fan art.”

For the Harry Potter series, Mrs West created seven painted tea bags which feature memorable aspects from the J K Rowling fantasy book series including the Hogwarts Express, the Sorting Hat and Hogwarts.

Her The Lord of the Rings tea bags – of which there are also seven – show Gollum, the eye of a dragon and silhouettes of characters from the fantasy series walking up a mountain.

It took roughly several hours to create each painted tea bag and the process began with used Yorkshire Tea tea bags being dried out.

She then cut them up, scrapped out all the tea and ironed them flat.

1 5 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

Artist captures magic of Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings on used tea bags. By Danielle Desouza

The edges were then taped, the tea bags were placed on backing paper, a base layer was applied and then she used acrylic paint to create the different scenes.

She said she thinks the series’ are both so popular to this day because they offer a sense of “escapism” from the “hustle and bustle” of everyday life.

“I think reading the books or watching the movies is just a way of getting out of normal everyday life and escaping into a completely different world where anything’s possible,” she said.

“I grew up reading The Lord of the Rings when I was a teenager so there’s also a sense of nostalgia.”

Her The Lord of the Rings tea bags have been sold, with the customer full of joy about her purchase.

Mrs West added: “The most satisfying part about being an artist is creating something that brings someone else joy and is something that they love.

“I think people are amazed with the art being on a tea bag, I think it just really captures people’s imagination.”

THE DETAILS Mrs West’s Harry Potter tea bags are up for grabs and can be found on her website: carolouiseart.com/category/ harry-potter-inspired-tea-bag-fan-art.

ART

ENCHANTED

K

aty Brown is an established painter with over 30 years of experience, currently serving as artist in residence on the Edgcumbe Estate in Cornwall.

Her studio, set within a former cricket pavilion, is nestled in a quiet coppice alive with wildflowers and woodland creatures, encircled by vast grasslands that sway like the ocean.

Katy’s oil paintings are ethereal expressions of place, inviting viewers to experience the landscape from within. Through delicate veils and layered colour fields, she captures an internalised, almost amorphous vision of nature—one that feels like an extension of the land itself. Her process is intuitive and immersive, absorbing the atmosphere around her and transforming it into soft, gentle compositions that offer calm in a fast-paced world.

There is a quiet romanticism in these elements, a poetic presence that shapes both the mood and the material of Katy’s work. Her paintings do not offer a literal representation, but rather invite the viewer to slow down and truly engage—to feel, rather than simply see. It is through this deeper interaction that the essence of the landscape reveals itself, ephemeral and alive within the layers of paint. russell-gallery.com Top: Fairylands 91” x 153”; Centre L-R: Coral Shimmer oil on panel 16” x 16” A gentle breeze oil on panel 16” x 16”; Right: Springtime symphony oil on panel 38” x 47”

1 5 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

Enchanted, oil on panel, 38” x 47”

Iridescene, oil on canvas, 36” x 36”

KATY BROWN ENCHANTED 29 May - 21 June 2025 12 Lower Richmond Road, Putney, SW15 1JP | Open Tuesday - Saturday 10am-5:30pm T: 0208 780 5228 | E: russgallery@aol.com | All images on www.russell.gallery.com

ART

PHOTO LONDON 2025 Somerset House, 15-18 May 2025

‘LONDON LIVES’ Curated by critic and author Francis Hodgson, ‘London Lives’ will feature a dazzling array of creative responses to the City by around 30 of its leading image makers including David Bailey, James Barnor, Antony Cairns, Jamie Hawkesworth, Hannah Starkey, Joy Gregory, Nadav Kander, Idris Khan, Christian Marclay, Mary McCartney, Simon Roberts and Nick Turpin. The exhibition will also include new commissions from Heather Agyepong, Jermaine Francis and Hannah Hughes.

BOOK MARKET

Photo London marks its 10th anniversary in May with a special edition celebrating London and its rich traditions of photography. The Fair returns to Somerset House, once again gathering the world’s leading galleries and artists to present the best of photography and explore the medium’s future possibilities.

Clockwise from top left: Paul Nicklen, Ephemeral Palace, 2012. Courtesy the artist and Hilton Contemporary; Paul Nicklen, Ice Waterfall, 2014. Courtesy the artist and Hilton Contemporary; Plant Portraits or Weeds & Aliens Studies; Chou Ching-hui, Animal Farm No.11, Inkjet print, 99.27x129cm, 2014, Chini-Gallery

Ben Goulder curates the Fair’s Book Market championing the vibrant and diverse communities of independent publishers and showcasing their artistry and vision on a global stage. London is a hub for independent arts publishing, and this new space features a broad selection of photography and arts publishing – from larger publications to zines, pamphlets, and other ephemera with the aim of bringing diversity and innovation to the Photo London audience.

DISCOVERY Curated by the critic and author Charlotte Jansen, Discovery once again promises to be a highlight of the event, featuring around 20 galleries including exciting newcomers such as Mortal Machine Gallery (New Orleans); Victoria Law (London); Contour Gallery (Amsterdam) and Roman Road (London).

ACADEMY & TALKS PROGRAMME Photo London has always placed significant emphasis on its role as a champion for all forms of photography and as a guide to the intricacies of collecting photography. This work continues under 1 5 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

the umbrella of the Photo London Academy which offers a year-round and free of charge programme featuring Online Talks, a monthly Book Club and a digital Magazine created in the spirit of an artist’s photo book, all available at photolondon.org/academy.

PHOTO LONDON AWARDS Since its inception Photo London has run an annual award for an outstanding artist. In many cases the winner of the award has gone on to achieve significant international recognition.

In 2025 the Photo London x Nikon Emerging Photographer of the Year Award again highlights outstanding emerging photographers with shortlisted work presented in a special display at the Nikon Gallery at the Fair.

For more information visit photolondon.org Somerset House, Strand, WC2R 1LA

ART

FEIN Collections A

stone’s throw over the River Brue from the heart of historic Bruton, on the edge of exquisite countryside, owner/founder of FEIN Collections [made in new york city] Danielle L. Newns Fein has created a venue to immerse visitors in the visions of fresh contemporary artistic talent. Venture up the stairs of a New York-esque fire escape to emerge into a gallery that champions the visceral connection between art appreciator and artwork. There you’ll meet knowledgeable, open-natured Newns Fein – a serious collector since her early 20s in New York – who brings the high-calibre works of handpicked international artists to new audiences.

Having celebrated its first anniversary in April, FEIN Collections is expanding its presence and that of its artists not only in Somerset, but all over the UK – with its eye on the global art market.

Guided by Newns Fein’s unique ethos, the gallery exchanges the formulaic familiarity of ‘typical’ 1 6 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

art institutions for an intuitive personal approach to buying. An avid art historian, Newns Fein possesses both an instinct and passion to pair clients with life-long-loved acquisitions.

FEIN Collections alternates its programme between themed group shows and tailored solo exhibitions. ‘What unites the gallery’s represented artists is their unending ardour and compulsion to create,’ explains Newns Fein. ‘The Revolution exhibition featured the distinct modes and mediums of all seven of our artists whilst collectively commenting on and posing relevant questions about erratic worldly change.’

Solo exhibitions serve to highlight artists’ individual creative narratives, such as Nostalgia/ Commitments by renowned artist and photographer John Klukas, on view until 31 May. ‘Always an artistic sensation to me – harnessing traditions of the heroic – John always pushes boundaries with groundbreaking works, which is exemplified by 18 new works.’ Artist and gallerist had always wanted to collaborate and are thrilled their desire has come to fruition.

On 26 May, FEIN Collections welcomes you to listen to Polly Weston’s ‘The Patch’ on BBC Radio 4 at 11am GMT when Newns Fein will be featured within the context of Weston’s visit to Bruton.

Weston ventured up the fire escape. Make your way up the steps too to be equally rewarded. feincollections.com

“FEIN Collections is expanding its presence and that of its artists not only in Somerset, but all over the UK”

Emerging artist Kathy Nettles’ work navigates the dynamic intersection of abstraction and form, resulting in vibrant, largescale oil paintings that exude energy and movement. Drawing inspiration from the native flowers, moorlands and rugged coastlines of North Devon and Cornwall, her art captures the essence of these topics with bold colour and expressive composition.

Visit www.kathynettlesart.com and follow @kathynettlesart on Instagram.

ART

From the Garden to the Easel The Art of Nel Whatmore

N

el Whatmore is an award-winning artist who exhibited at Chelsea Flower show for over 15 years, where her stand has won multiple five star awards. She has been Artist in Residence at RHS Harlow Carr, which then culminated in an exhibition of paintings, as well as a poetry trail around the garden, during their annual summer show. She was commissioned to paint the National Collection of Michaelmas Daisies at the Picton Garden in Malvern, and her beautiful poetic florals have attracted admirers from around the globe.

Nel became a professional artist with the help of the Prince’s Trust (recently renamed the King’s Trust) and moved into her current studio in 2019, in Sunny Bank Mills in Farsley, near Leeds. This renovated woollen mill, where The Great British Sewing Bee is filmed, now houses a thriving creative community and is the vision of William and John Gaunt, who are the fourth generation of owners. It is part of an increasingly significant Northern Arts scene, which includes The Hepworth, Salts Mill and the Yorkshire

1 6 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

“The series of paintings shown here are all studies of the plants in Nel’s garden and form part of an ongoing project that started during the pandemic” Sculpture Park.

She works predominantly in pastels but also in oils. The series of paintings shown here are all studies of the plants in Nel’s garden and form part of an ongoing project that started during the pandemic. They are available as originals, or as beautiful bespoke prints.

There are two main strands to Nel’s work – her botanical work and her seascapes. The latter is born out of her father’s love for the ocean and her travels around the coast of Britain. Again, her evocative use of colour and the emotive power of nature form the main focus of her inspiration.

Nel has also recently collaborated with her daughter, the artist Polly Rose Morris, on a series of works called ‘The Garden Project’. This brings together Nel’s contemporary leaf and Iris paintings, and Polly Rose’s gorgeous designs, which when combined have evolved into a contemporary twist on rich botanicals and flowing patterns.

Left: Twisting to the Light 94cm x 94cm Above: ‘Tulip Chorus’ Oil Painting 90cm x 90cm Below: Nel Whatmore and easel

THE DETAILS To see more go to nelwhatmore.com Studio - Twisting Studios, Sunnybank Mills, 83-85 Town St, Farsley, Pudsey LS28 5UJ Call 07801051468 nelartforlivig@yahoo.com IG @nelwhatmore.com

Clara-Jane Carpenter From her studio in a picturesque village on the border of Northamptonshire, Clara-Jane creates artwork that bridges traditional style with contemporary energy. Her artistic foundation was shaped in Cornwall, where she had the privilege of studying under distinguished artists including Rod Walker, Robert Jones, Jason Wason and the late Colin Scott, whose influences continue to inspire her work today.

Her pieces have found homes across the globe - from Turkish coastline apartments to Australian outback homes, American city pads to Canadian farmhouses. In 2024, her work was featured in four issues of World of Interiors, and she currently has a solo exhibition in a salon in Newport Pagnell, Buckinghamshire.

At the heart of her practice lies a bold approach to acrylics, where vibrant hues move across the canvas in fluid, confident strokes. Whether capturing the spirited essence of animals or translating undulating landscapes into both abstract expressions and classical interpretations, each piece tells its own story. This versatility has enabled her to fulfil a diverse range of commissioned works, each tailored to her clients’ visions while maintaining her distinctive artistic voice.

Clara-Jane’s technique is characterised by direct application and on-canvas colour mixing, creating rich, dimensional layers that bring each piece to life. While her signature style embraces energetic, loose brushwork, she can seamlessly transition to precise detail when a commission demands it. This flexibility, combined with her passion for capturing the essence of each subject, ensures every piece resonates with its intended audience.

SOME TESTIMONIALS: “I keep going back to look at the picture because it is so beautiful!”

“My OH was so pleased with the painting, really pleased… he hung it up almost immediately, on the landing so we see it every time we walk along there” “Oh, my goodness, it is amazing!”

“Love my painting, thank you for making such a good job of it! x Even more beautiful in real life.”

“I love it!! Thank you so much!

You have created something truly beautiful that will be cherished forever.”

To find out more or to commission your own bespoke work of art, contact Clara-Jane on info@justclarajane.art or follow her on Facebook and Insta - @justclarajane

Faith Berger is a St Louis based artist working and living in St Louis Missouri. Painting in acrylic, oil and mixed medium collage, Faith takes inspirations from the world around us to create intriguing designs.

Extrapolating from 30 years experience as a gallerist and deft at art planning, painting is natural transition from all she’s learned from the hundreds of artist we have represented. Each talented in their own right, her intense study in design, art glass, sculpture and painting and theory behind art imbues her desire to create. Currently exhibiting at Neiman Marcus.

Visit Faith’s website at faithberger.com, find Faith on Instagram @ faithberger.art, or reach Faith via email at faith@faithberger.com.

FAITH BERGER x THE ART RUG Art rugs made of 100% New Zealand Wool hand dyed to your specifications derived from my original paintings. @faithberger.art

ART

Art as a Sage

Artworks as a Path to the recognition of alert and aware Presence

‘It is important how we are as human beings.’

Finding stillness in the Inner Chaos Painting, Painting, gesso, ink, and tempera on raw canvas 203 x 304 cm, May 26th 2021

W

hile artworks function as accents or intriguing, beautiful objects, the seek and representation of Carolin Rechberg’s work is also, ‘a call to awareness to a conscious presence’.

A notion in her art is to stimulate an alertness through sense experience, which to her transfers to the behaviorism of the individual with life.

The idea is that the encounter with art and its processes translates to an awareness of observing, of perceiving, of engaging with the experience of the moment.

Rechberg’s artworks often spring from the ephemerality of the moment and speak to the importance of being attentive and alert. This is reflected in her ‘eye’. The demeanour with which she arrests images in her photography, the exploration of her marks in carving relief prints, or in the allowed freedom of gestural and performance focused painting, result in works which ring from the experience with the artist’s hand and presence. They are an embodiment of her whole persona, a continuum to her research in the engagement with the material and in-material, but are also informed by the understanding Rechberg has gathered through her vast academic, 1 6 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

Marginal Man, Illustration Aquarelle and Ink on Translucent Paper 30 x 42 cm, 2014

professional artistic and in particular studio based education.

Rechberg originates from Starnberg, Germany, and in her higher education has attained an Individualized Bachelor of Fine Art from the California College of the Arts. To pursue her studies of art further she attended the San Francisco Art Institute where she received her Masters in Drawing and Painting. Whilst continuing her interdisciplinary focus, she also taught as a Teaching Assistant to Jeremy Morgan

Singing Bowls The Language of Paint Ceramics, 22.5 x 16 cm, 2025

Contemplation Stone XXI Sculpture Ceramics 43 x 15 x 14 cm 2021

A Breath in Time, Photography, size variable, 2025

Born to the Light, Photography, 2025 The Language of Paint Ceramics 22.5 x 12 cm 2025

Awoken by the warming Sun, Photography, 2025

in Advanced Drawing and Painting. Through the recognition of art as a vehicle to a greater understanding of life, its systems and patterns at work both in the natural and human world, and the importance and beneficial multi-sensory encounter in the process of art, Rechberg pursued a second Master of Art and Art Education at Teachers College Columbia University. There she also managed the Printmaking Studios for an in depth specialization in the printmaking processes and assisted Dr Mahbobe Ghods in the courses of Etching, Lithography, Relief Print and Silkscreen. Resonance she found in ‘The Making and Knowing Project an initiative from the Center for Science and Society at Columbia University’ led by Professor Pamela H. Smith, ‘that explores the intersections between artistic making and scientific knowing.’ Rechberg assisted Ad Stinjman in a series of Workshops and facilitated the exploring of traditional printmaking techniques.

Rechberg’s work has been exhibited and published internationally, and spans the mediums of ceramics, drawing, illustration, installation, music,

painting, performance art, photography, poetry, printmaking, sculpture, sound and voice work.

To focus on her studio practice she is currently establishing her independent Art Studio and Business in Murnau am Staffelsee, Germany.

Rechberg’s artworks can be seen on her current website, while she is preparing to launch a new online shop and website later in the year to share new art, as well as the archive of her body of work from the last 20 years. carolinrechberg.com carolins.studio@gmail.com

Below: The dying and ascending Self / Shedding Skins to rise to Life, Printmaking, AP Linocut Color Print on Paper, 42 x 30 cm, 2024

M AY 2 0 2 5 1 6 7

ART

Nikki Baxendale:

Illuminating the Natural World Through Art

F

or Nikki Baxendale, art is more than a medium—it’s a mission. A British-born Canadian artist and photographer, she has spent over three decades mastering the interplay of light, movement, and perspective, crafting immersive works that capture the raw beauty of the planet’s most fragile ecosystems.

But it was during her time as a creative director in New York that her path took a defining turn.

When Hurricane Sandy devastated the East Coast, she was asked to join the American Red Cross as a documentary photographer on the relief effort.

The experience was profound, igniting a shift from luxury branding to environmental storytelling.

This pivotal moment sowed the seed for her future in conservation advocacy, blending her background in photography, marketing, and

1 6 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

Above: Unbroken Stare copy Below: Between us Below, left: 8x10 Iarctic mountain

“Baxendale’s work is not just about aesthetics—it is a call to action”

journalism to spotlight regions under threat.

Whether documenting carving glaciers and imperilled polar bear communities in the Arctic, sleeping amongst the highest density of grizzlies in British Columbia, or trekking to Everest Base Camp to support a cleanup initiative, Baxendale embeds herself in the landscapes she portrays.

Despite a lifelong phobia of being underwater, she is drawn to the colossal grace of whales, a recurring subject in her collections. Her large-scale works capture the serenity and vastness of the ocean, using refracted light and mixed media to forge an emotional connection between viewer and subject. Her latest undertaking, a 600-piece collection for Positive Polar, will be installed aboard an expedition vessel dedicated to ocean restoration.

Baxendale’s work is not just about aesthetics – it is a call to action. Through exhibitions and collaborations, she sparks dialogue on climate restoration and the urgent need to protect Earth’s most vulnerable inhabitants. With international showcases, a growing presence in conservation circles, and a reputation for pushing creative boundaries, Nikki Baxendale is more than an artist—she is a storyteller, an advocate, and a force of nature in her own right. nikkibaxendale.com

ZACHARY DEAN JONES Zachary Dean Jones creates art that is a true reflection of his connection to nature and his instinctive process. By using natural materials sourced from his property in South East Ohio, his abstract paintings capture a sense of place and personal connection. Jones’s work, rich with texture and depth, incorporates bonds and adhesives to create dynamic compositions that echo the raw power of nature. Drawing inspiration from the environment and the techniques of artists like Anselm Kiefer, his pieces challenge traditional boundaries and invite viewers into a thought-provoking conversation about art, memory, and history.

Explore more at www.zacharydeanjones.com.

Follow on social media: @zacharydeanjones.

ART

Jacqueline Williams Exhibition

D

uring my customary morning stroll across the park to my Cheltenham studio I was musing that most of my inspiration has stemmed from relatively few subjects fairly close to home; my garden, studio, Cheltenham and trips abroad.

The uniting theme has always been the light, culminating in this current collection. The subject is incidental, what excites me is the play of light, be it strong sunlight, dappled or a soft warm lamplight. From my early days at the RA schools (1985-88) painting from life and using natural daylight, I found my footing and was encouraged by my tutors. I was fortunate to have amongst them Ken Howard, Fred Cuming and Anthony Eyton. Even then my inspiration for painting was about light and I was very much encouraged by Ken and Fred. They are sadly no longer with us but they continue through their legacy of fine paintings they leave behind. Ken introduced me to David Wolfers and Sarah Russell Walling , the team behind the New Grafton gallery in Barnes where I went on to have several shows. After David passed away I went on to show with Sarah and Charles Russell Walling who set up their beautiful gallery in Putney and have been showing with them ever since, this being my 7h solo exhibition with them.

The paintings are all in oil, an immensely versatile medium of which I never seem to tire. I make very few preparatory drawings preferring to work directly on to the canvas/board and working out

1 7 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

Until 26 May 2025

“The paintings are all in oil, an immensely versatile medium of which I never seem to tire” Top: Nasturtiums Below: Apple season Right: Dusk

ideas as I go. The image may go through many alterations, but its all part of the process. This collection stems from a couple of years work and again is based around still lives, garden subjects studio interiors and a trip to Mexico. russellgallery.com

Quote & Curate

Fine Art and Commissions

Quote & Curate is the Studio and Gallery of Artist Angela Murray.

As Artist In Residence at DCCH, Angela founded her studio specifically at The Design Centre Chelsea Harbour to enable Interior Designers and individual clients to access original, investable Fine Art. The studio also affords clients the opportunity to commission bespoke paintings, which is a uniquely creative journey directly with the Artist.

Browse the paintings on the website, visit the Studio or enquire regarding a bespoke commission Quote & Curate, First Floor, Design Centre East, Chelsea Harbour London SW10 0XF am@quoteandcurate.com Tel; 07923123348 www.quoteandcurate.com

A family business providing exclusive valet parking at Gatwick Airport since 1992.

Try our hotel…

Have your car collected from the Terminal Forecourt and walk direct into check-in. On your return your car is delivered to the Forecourt and you can drive straight home.

No Buses – No Waiting Our customised car park is only 3 minutes from The terminal enabling a prompt and reliable service. Car Park vetted annually by Surrey Police and holder of Trading Standards ‘Buy with Confidence’ award.

Book online at: www.tudorrose.co.uk or telephone 01293 822844

10% Discount Code TRLM010

LUXURY

TRAVEL – Heading out of London to explore the rest of the world – I M A G E : K U R A M AT H I , M A L D I V E S

TRAVEL TRAVEL

it Luggage Wins “Most Trusted Luggage Brand”

in the 2025 Newsweek/BrandSpark Most Trusted Awards As a leader in the luggage industry, we strive to provide travellers with products that combine stylish design, innovative features, and exceptional value.

“At it Luggage, we understand the importance of trust when it comes to travel. Our customers rely on us to provide durable, functional, and stylish luggage that stands up to their journeys...” ...”Winning the Most Trusted Luggage Brand award is a true honour, and we are grateful to our customers for their confidence in our brand.” Molly Cowper, Marketing Manager at it Luggage The Newsweek/BrandSpark Most Trusted Award is a powerful endorsement that reassures shoppers they are choosing a brand recognised for its quality and reliability. The distinctive purple “Most Trusted” seal serves as a symbol of consumer confidence, helping travellers make informed purchasing decisions. itluggage.com

it Luggage is proud to announce that we have been named the “Most Trusted Luggage Brand” in the 2025 Newsweek/ BrandSpark Most Trusted Awards.

T

his prestigious recognition, voted 100% by UK shoppers, highlights our unwavering commitment to delivering high-quality, reliable, and innovative luggage that consumers trust.

The annual Newsweek/BrandSpark Most Trusted Awards are based on a survey of 17,008 UK shoppers, who evaluated brands across 173 categories.

This recognition is a testament to it Luggage’s dedication to craftsmanship, durability, and customer satisfaction.

MA AY Y 22 00 22 55 11 77 44 M

”Winning the Most Trusted Luggage Brand award is a true honour, and we are grateful to our customers for their confidence in our brand”

TRAVEL

Nashville, Tennessee Music City

10% OFF Purely America is offering 10% off all holidays to Nashville to Life magazine readers, quote LondonLife - 4-night city break to Nashville including direct flights & 4* hotel from £1,249 per person.

THE DETAILS

Nashville Skyline

W

hether you’re interested in music, art, history, food, sports, or fashion, Music City will give everyone something to sing about. With a direct flight from London, Nashville is accessible, friendly, and authentic, with diverse neighbourhoods, a unique musical heritage, and a creative culture that pervades the city.

The sound of Nashville reverberates from the city’s downtown core where honky-tonks play world-class live music 365 days a year, historic buildings have been reimagined into attractions, boutique hotels, art galleries, bars, restaurants, music venues, and attractions.

Home to more than 250 live music venues, from the historic Ryman Auditorium and the Grand Ole Opry to independent venues such as The Bluebird Cafe, there is a unique experience for everyone in Music City.

With more music museums than anywhere in the world, visitors can experience the rich history of music from any genre at the National Museum of African American Music or the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum. Just west of downtown, visitors can hear the legendary sound recordings of Dolly Parton and Elvis Presley at Historic RCA Studio B, located on Music Row. In recent years, there has been an evolution in both the quality of hotel rooms and quantity of rooms—from boutique to 5-star properties which has broadened Nashville’s appeal.

The culinary scene is also hotter than ever with award winning chefs and acclaimed restaurants 1 7 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

leaving their mark in Music City and making Nashville a premier culinary destination with over 300 new restaurants opening in the past three years. Nashville has also become a hot bed for breweries and distilleries while southern staples such as Hot Chicken, meat-and-three and Tennessee pork barbeque remain deeply embedded in the city’s food culture.

Nashville is a year-round sports destination with four professional teams. In the fall, the excitement starts on Sundays with the city’s NFL team the Tennessee Titans, and the action continues downtown at Bridgestone Arena, home to the NHL’s Nashville Predators.

Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible selfdrive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, attractions and a selection of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to Nashville and Southern USA. For more information on Nashville, please scan the QR code below

Book your holiday to Nashville - call us to speak with one of our agents who have been there, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday to one of our favourite cities in the USA. Call us on 0844 80 444 80.

Virgin Hotel Pool

Grand Ole Opry Stage

Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel

TRAVEL

KURAMATHI

MALDIVES T

ucked away in the North Ari Atoll, Kuramathi is not your average resort; this slender 1.8-kilometre natural island tapers to the renowned pristine stretch of white sandbank, lending a dramatic quality to the idyllic surroundings of turquoise lagoons, tropical jungle and flora. Though remote in appearance, this lush retreat is just a short 20-minute seaplane ride (or a scenic 90-minute speedboat journey) from Malé.

1 8 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

Arriving, guests are welcomed to a private paradise of exotic gardens and secluded beaches. Villas are thoughtfully dotted across the landscape— the 12 distinct categories include Beach Villas shaded by palm fronds, while over water villas perch above the lagoon offering private access to the ocean below. One of the island’s most popular categories, the expansive Two Bedroom Beach House makes the ideal choice for families or friends travelling together; a duplex

“Arriving, guests are welcomed to a private paradise of exotic gardens and secluded beaches”

TRAVEL

villa with two separate living spaces, just a stone’s throw from the lagoon or reef.

Kuramathi’s charm lies in its choice. It’s a place where couples can find intimacy and quiet, and families can create lasting memories. At Bageecha, the resort’s vibrant kids club, little ones aged 3-12 years are invited to explore a full schedule of creative, active and educational experiences, from treasure hunts and nature walks to jungle gym adventures and team sports. For teens, badminton, ping pong, baseball and

1 8 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

basketball are all on offer in Bageecha’s grounds.

Meanwhile, parents can retreat to the Spa, nestled among palms, for a curated menu of treatments that draw from Maldivian traditions.

For families travelling this Summer 2025, there’s an unforgettable addition: Campioni Soccer Academy, an exclusive football training camp for children aged 4-15 years. Taking place across 2 weeks, with 3 football legends; Liverpool and England legend John Barnes MBE alongside a UEFA coach, 28th July – 1st August, and two of England’s best known and most loved football icons Harry Redknapp and Stuart Pearce MBE, 4th – 8th August, Kuramathi and Campioni invite guests to an opportunity of a lifetime for young footballers.

But the fun doesn’t stop there. Off the pitch, Snorkelling is as easy as stepping off the beach,

to Laguna Bar’s infinity pool or ascend to the Champagne Loft for cocktails with a view. The resort offers Full Board, Basic and Select AllInclusive packages to help easily tailor for every budget.

There is something for everyone at Kuramathi; couples, families and solo travellers are all invited to enjoy this resort that embodies the Maldives in a natural setting.

with the house reef just metres away, whilst watersports, and excursions like Sunset Cruises and Turtle Safari’s add extra adventure. For those looking to go deeper, the island’s dive centre offers full certification and guided exploration, led by a multilingual team with extensive knowledge of the atoll’s hidden corners.

Dining at Kuramathi is undoubtedly a highlight, with options to suit all palates. From buffets at Haruge, Malaafaiy and Farivalhu to a host of à la carte dining. Kobe brings theatrical teppanyaki to the table, while La Belle Vie delivers rustic French flavours in an intimate setting. Inguru shifts from light fare by day to elegant Asian fusion by night, and The Reef, perched above the water, is the go-to for seafood lovers. For sundowners, head

THE DETAILS Kuoni (kuoni.co.uk) offer seven nights at Kuramathi (kuramathi.com) in a Garden Villa on Full Board, including flights with SriLankan Airlines from London Heathrow and transfers in resort. The price for selected departures in May 2026 based on two adults sharing is from £2,179 per person.

M AY 2 0 2 5 1 8 3

TRAVEL

SwimQuest Holidays: Open Water Swimming Holidays for all ages and abilities

I

f you’re looking for a holiday with purpose, connection, and a splash of adventure, SwimQuest Holidays may just be your perfect fit. Proud recipients of Feefo’s prestigious Platinum Trusted Service Award for five years running, SwimQuest is redefining fullyescorted active travel with its swimming tours — each designed to immerse you in some of the world’s most beautiful open water destinations.

Founded by passionate swimmers and led by a team of Channel swimmers, endurance athletes, and expert local hosts, SwimQuest trips are far more than just holidays — they are life-affirming experiences. With small group sizes and hands-on guidance, every swimmer is supported, whether you’re a complete beginner or a seasoned athlete.

“Our ethos is simple: no lanes, no pressure, just unforgettable swims,” says Alice Todd, co-founder of SwimQuest. “We create a welcoming space for everyone to reconnect with nature, find confidence in

1 8 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

the water, and discover stunning parts of the world.”

Guests can choose from a diverse range of trips: think tranquil lake swims in Slovenia, coastal crossings in Greece, or even wild swims under Arctic skies in Norway. Every itinerary is carefully crafted to balance exertion with enjoyment — with time to unwind, explore, and savour the journey.

The UK SwimQuest team personally escorts every trip, ensuring safety, expert advice, and an inclusive atmosphere from start to finish. It’s no wonder so many guests return year after year, often forming long-lasting friendships through the water.

So whether you’re training for your first 1km, eyeing up the English Channel, or just keen to try something new — SwimQuest Holidays offers a unique holiday experience.

To learn more, visit swimquest.uk.com, call +44 (0)20 8675 6608 or give Co-founder John a call on +44 (0)7951 727 453 to find out which trip is right for you.

“The UK SwimQuest team personally escorts every trip, ensuring safety, expert advice, and an inclusive atmosphere from start to finish”

TRAVEL

HOTEL BARDO An urban resort unlike any other in the heart of Savannah, Georgia USA Hotel Bardo Pool

Forsyth Park, Savannah

Hotel Bardo

A

revolutionary new experience and proudly recognised as one of the best hotels in the world, Bardo is equal parts urban resort and neighbourhood clubhouse. A collection of ephemeral moments, chance encounters, and stirring experiences from morning to night. Moments of exceptional rarity, tucked into a historic and beloved Savannah icon.

Inspired by the classic seaside resorts and grand hotels of the past, Bardo offers world-class wellness, luxurious atmosphere and service, and a fresh take on food and beverage that discerning travellers expect. Take a dip in the pool, enjoy a pool side beverage at Bar Bibi, indulge and pamper yourself at the spa and dine in timeless glamour savouring impeccable food at Bardo’s grand Italian restaurant - Saint Bibiana.

Saint Bibiana is the first restaurant in Savannah to achieve a Michelin Key. With the restaurants 1 8 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

coastal Italian concept boasting an ultra-glamorous ambience, timeless interior, delicious menu, impeccable service and attention to detail, Saint Bibiana provides an exceptional dining experience not to missed..

Savannah, chic and sophisticated, known for its history, natural beauty, eclectic architecture and romantic ambience. Each square tells the tale of past generations with an added modern punch of high-style boutiques, galleries and restaurants.

Hotel Bardo is located right on Forsyth Park - one of Savannah’s most well-known parks, the perfect place to relax. Take a stroll along the walkways where trees drip with Spanish moss or sit on park benches in front of beautiful fountains.

With so many quaint streets, parks, squares and historic neighbourhoods, Savannah offers lots of outdoor sightseeing and there is no better way to see them than hopping on one of the hotel’s free bikes or experience one of Bardo’s custom electric MOKE vehicles. A classic 60s British open-air favourite, the MOKE was designed for instantsmile and wind-in-the-hair cruising.

Savannah is a fun, vibrant city with lots to see and do, with a warm, welcoming atmosphere and there is no better place to stay than Hotel Bardo, the perfect base to experience everything the city has to offer whether you’re looking for live music, attractions, museums, carriage rides, history or simply some R&R, Hotel Bardo and Savannah has it all.

Purely America offers a 4-night city break to Savannah staying at Hotel Bardo including flights and breakfast from £1249 per person based on 2 adults sharing.

THE DETAILS Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, attractions and a selection of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to Southern USA. For more information on Hotel Bardo, please scan the QR code below

Book your holiday to Savannah and Hotel Bardo - call us to speak with one of our agents who have been there, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday staying at this beautiful resort.

Call us on 0844 80 444 80.

Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel

Hotel Bardo Courtyard

TRAVEL

Explore Kansas City and St. Louis In the Midwestern heart of the USA Arrowhead Stadium, Kansas City Chiefs

Kansas City

VISIT KANSAS CITY The City of Fountains, Paris of the Plains, Barbecue Capital of the World—Kansas City shines as a Midwestern cultural capital. Home to sprawling arts institutions, thriving jazz clubs and diehard sports fandoms, KC offers endless opportunities to immerse yourself in many of America’s most well-known, time-tested traditions.

As the nation’s most centrally located major metropolitan area, Kansas City is within easy reach of both coasts and other popular U.S. destinations.

Whether arriving for the world’s largest sporting event or an in-depth exploration of American heritage, KC is a convenient starting point for all travelers.

Attractions There’s more to Kansas City than meets the eye. Unique attractions throughout KC beckon locals and visitors alike to find the city’s hidden gems. Explore the National WWI Museum and Memorial. Let curiosity guide you at Union Station.

Walk in the steps of America’s 33rd President in Independence. Uncover the city’s charm by discovering its attractions.

FIFA World Cup 26™ Known as the Soccer Capital of America, Kansas City will take its fandom to a new level as an official host city for FIFA World Cup 26™. The destination will host six matches at the iconic Arrowhead Stadium, home to the NFL’s Chiefs and the Guinness World Records holder as the loudest outdoor sports venue on earth. In the heart of the city, the National WWI Museum and Memorial will be home to Kansas City’s FIFA Fan Festival™ throughout the tournament.

1 8 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

Jazz Capital Kansas City stands proudly as America’s only UNESCO City of Music. The 18th & Vine Historic Jazz District is home to the American Jazz Museum, along with the American Jazz Walk of Fame and the storied Mutual Musicians Foundation—a legendary-late night venue with origins as the country’s first union for Black musicians. Today, the city’s jazz tradition lives on at clubs like the Green Lady Lounge, the Phoenix and the Blue Room.

Kansas City BBQ KC’s world-famous barbecue is defined by sweet and smoky sauce with a molasses base, as well as a “low and slow” method of smoking meats—up to 18 hours in the smoker at a low temperature.

More than 100 KC barbecue restaurants carry on the tradition daily, and visitors who crave more can learn the full story at the new Museum of BBQ.

Purely America offers a 6 Night twin-center city break to Kansas City and St. Louis Package includes: Return flights from London Heathrow to St. Louis & return from Kansas City to London Heathrow.

3 Nights at the Hyatt Regency St. Louis at The Arch Amtrak train travel between St. Louis & Kansas City 3 Nights at the AC Museum Hotel Kansas City From £1,249 per person based on 2 adults sharing

Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art, Kansas City

EXPLORE ST. LOUIS A captivating blend of history and innovation, St. Louis offers a uniquely Midwestern experience.

Easy to navigate and full of charm, the city boasts diverse dining, shopping, and cultural attractions.

As the Gateway to the West, St. Louis is home to world-class museums, parks, and experiences— including the Saint Louis Art Museum, Zoo, Science Center, Missouri History Museum, Citygarden, Grant’s Farm, Laumeier Sculpture Park, and Anheuser-Busch brewery tours—many of which are free to explore.

Route 66 Celebrating its 100th Anniversary in 2026, Journey through history on Route 66, where St. Louis stands as the largest city between Chicago and Los Angeles. While street names may change, the spirit of the “Mother Road” lives on. Discover nostalgic gas stations, classic motels, and local landmarks like the Old Chain of Rocks Bridge. Don’t miss a stop at Ted Drewes Frozen Custard for a taste of true Americana.

Blues Music Music fills every corner of St. Louis. At the National Blues Museum, explore the deep roots of this genre that shaped American music. From soulful storytelling to electrifying performances, the Blues legacy continues to thrive in the city that helped define it.

THE DETAILS Busch Stadium, St Louis

BBQ St. Louis is a BBQ lover’s paradise. Savor sweetheat ribs, thick pork steaks, and mouthwatering brisket and pulled pork. With nationally recognized joints around every corner, the city’s rich BBQ heritage is one you won’t want to miss.

The Gateway Arch A symbol of American expansion, the Gateway Arch offers stunning views from its 630-foot peak.

Ride the tram to the top and take in breathtaking sights of downtown St. Louis, the Mississippi River, and beyond.

National Museum of Transportation St Louis

Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, attractions and a selection of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to Southern USA. For more information on Kansas City & St. Louis, please scan the QR code below

To book your trip to Kansas City and St. Louis - call us today to speak with one of our agents who have been there, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday to these exciting cities.

St Louis Downtown Gateway Arch

Call us on 0844 80 444 80.

Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel

M AY 2 0 2 5 1 8 9

TRAVEL

Into

Istanbul

Radisson Hotel Group continues strategic expansion in Türkiye with the opening of Radisson Hotel Istanbul Merter

R

adisson Hotel Group proudly announces the opening of Radisson Hotel Istanbul Merter, strengthening its footprint in Türkiye with a new property in one of Istanbul’s most accessible and dynamic districts. Strategically located in the thriving Merter area with excellent transport connectivity, the hotel bridges business and leisure, offering convenient access to the Old Town, trade centers, and cultural hot spots. This opening is a key milestone in the Group’s ambitious plan to reach 100 hotels in Türkiye by 2030.

Designed for today’s travelers, Radisson Hotel Istanbul Merter offers 267 spacious and stylish rooms and suites, that combine modern design with intuitive comfort. Whether for a relaxing or productive stay, guests can enjoy a elegant interiors, premium amenities, and soothing tones that reflect the city’s energetic spirit. With plush bedding, sleek bathrooms, ergonomic workspaces and smart in-room technology, every details is designed to provide a sense of effortless ease, perfect for unwinding after a day in the city or preparing for the one ahead.

“At Radisson Hotel Istanbul Merter, we have created a space where comfort meets style, and every detail is designed with our guests in mind.

Whether visiting for business or leisure, we look forward to welcoming travelers with genuine hospitality and an experience that reflects the vibrant spirit of Istanbul,” said Mr. Emir Yağcı, General Manager of Radisson Hotel Istanbul Merter.

1 9 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

Ideally located in Istanbul’s Merter district, the hotel offers a seamless connection to the city’s diverse offerings — from its rich cultural heritage to its dynamic urban energy. Just a short drive from the historic Old Town, guests can explore world-renowned landmarks such as the Grand Bazaar, Sultanahmet Square, and the Blue Mosque.

At the same time, the hotel provides easy access to key business hubs, shopping districts, and trade centers, making it a perfect choice for those looking to blend discovery with convenience.

Whether visiting for culture, commerce, or both, Radisson Hotel Istanbul Merter is a true gateway to the best of Istanbul.

Radisson Hotel Group continues to accelerate its strategic growth in Türkiye, aiming for 100 hotels by 2030. The debut of Radisson RED in Izmir and the expansion of Radisson Collection in key cities highlight this strategy. The opening of Radisson Blu Hotel Ankara Çankaya marks another milestone, reinforcing the Group’s commitment to Türkiye’s thriving hospitality sector.

TRAVEL

Sandals

Resorts F

amily-owned Sandals Resorts offers adults-only getaways that connect guests with the vibrant spirit of the Caribbean.

For over 40 years, Sandals has pioneered the all-inclusive holiday experience in the region.

Sandals Saint Vincent and the Grenadines is the newest addition, set amidst 50 acres of lush landscapes with stunning mountain backdrops, perfect for nature lovers and wellness seekers.

The resort offers peaceful waters, rainforests, and black-and-white-sand beaches, ideal for diving, hiking, or simply relaxing under the sun.

In each of the resort’s 301 rooms and suites, guests are welcomed with an in-room signature cocktail of rum and coconut water. A ‘Sandals first’, the Vincy Overwater Two-Story Villas span two stories above the sea and offer dedicated perks like an exclusive table at Buccan restaurant.

Beachfront Villas offer a tranquil retreat just steps

1 9 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Sandals Saint Vincent and the Grenadines is the newest addition, set amidst 50 acres of lush landscapes with stunning mountain backdrops, perfect for nature lovers and wellness seekers”

from the sand. Inside, you’ll find warm neutrals, organic textures, locally sourced volcanic materials, and cool blue to create a connection with the island’s natural surroundings. Some rooms feature elevated amenities, such as a personal fitness area or a dedicated media room for chilled movie nights.

Guests can enjoy eleven unique culinary concepts, showcasing local ingredients. Buccan, Sandals’ first communal-style restaurant, uses clay yabba pots for cooking with sustainable sources like coconut husks. Other dining options include Scrimshaw for seafood, Parisol for healthy beachside meals, and Imoro for quick, nutritious bowls. Three Jewels rum bar offers 32 rums inspired by the 32 islands within 32 miles of the resort. And the best bit, all restaurants and drinks are included in guests stay.

A 300-foot linear pool connects the lobby to the horizon, while three additional pools and cabanas provide a relaxing atmosphere. Activities include snorkelling, diving, kayaking, Pilates, and exploring the resort’s gardens by bike. Evening entertainment features sunset beach parties, rum tastings, and movies under the stars. The Red Lane Spa provides ultimate relaxation in a serene, lush setting.

Off-resort adventures* include hikes to La Soufrière volcano, visiting nearby Bequia island, or enjoying the celebrity-favored Mustique island.

Sandals Saint Vincent is a perfect blend of relaxation, adventure, and authentic Caribbean experiences.

To book or for more information about Sandals Resorts please visit sandals.co.uk or call 0800 742 742. *Available for an additional cost.

TRAVEL

T LUXURY LODGE HOLIDAYS IN THE DERBYSHIRE PEAK DISTRICT

1 9 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

here is no better place than the Derbyshire Peak District to enjoy a short break or a family holiday.

The Peak District is ideally located in the Heart of England and is bursting with majestic landscapes, stunning views, stately homes and unique family attractions.

Award winning Darwin Forest is situated between Matlock and Bakewell and combines luxury self-catering lodges with fantastic onsite facilities. Whether you want peace and tranquillity on a romantic break, action packed adventures or fantastic local attractions for entertaining friends and family, the lodges provide the perfect base from which to explore.

The luxury lodges at Darwin Forest are nestled within a 47 acre woodland paradise. The parks 137 lodges are sympathetically interwoven into the forest, which enables you to get back to nature and enjoy the picturesque environment.

They have created a holiday park where children can explore, and young and old will feel carefree and relaxed.

There are several types of accommodation options to choose from which will keep the whole family happy. Most popular are the spa lodges that include a private hot tub on the veranda and really enable you to appreciate the serenity of the forest setting. There are also a number of pet friendly lodges.

At Darwin Forest they have created the perfect setting for you to relax, enjoy your holiday and leave the hustle and bustle of everyday life far behind.

Darwin Forest is the perfect destination to enjoy a family holiday. The fantastic onsite facilities include Evolution Health & Fitness, which has a swimming pool, spa, gym and beauty rooms.

For the younger members of your family, Little Monkeys indoor play centre will provide hours of fun and entertainment. The Activity Den is perfect for older children with pool tables and a games room to keep them entertained.

They also offer a range of fun activities onsite that are suitable for children and adults. Let the qualified instructors train you in the art of archery or the skills of fencing. The more adventurous could experience the thrills of bodyzorbing, waterwalkerz or snorkelling! For all the family to enjoy, they have a tennis court, mini golf and an abundance of footpaths and cycling trails.

If you want to give yourself a break from cooking you can enjoy a coffee and lite bite at the Explorers cafe or you can visit the Foresters bar and restaurant which has an extensive menu serving fresh, locally sourced produce.

Many families enjoy celebrating Christmas or New Year at the park, or gathering the family together for a birthday or anniversary. No matter what the time of year, we are confident your friends and family will have a fantastic break. darwinforest.co.uk

TRAVEL

OXYGEN AVIATION perks include tailored catering and a private secure cabin to share conversations and relax together with your travel party.

Need more lounging space? On larger aircraft beds can made up for a nighttime departure.

Need a separate zone so kids can sleep while adults relax? We also have aircraft that can do that.

Some jets have sofas, private suites, bedrooms, or reclining lie-flat seats perfect for long-haul comfort.

Your holiday doesn’t begin when you reach your destination it begins the moment you board.

ABOUT US:

W

hether you’re considering jetting off to a private villa in the Balearic Islands, or an exclusive resort in the Caribbean, flying private transforms travel from a stress to a joy for you, your family, or anyone lucky enough to join you.

Between security lines, flight delays, and crowded airports, commercial air travel can consume entire days. Chartering a private aircraft puts you in control of your schedule. Depart when you want. Arrive closer to your true destination, often landing at smaller, more convenient airports that commercial flights can’t access.

Imagine skipping the hours of waiting and stepping onto your aircraft within minutes of arriving at the airport. For those juggling busy calendars, it’s not just a convenience, it’s essential.

Beyond the flexibility flying private offers, other

1 9 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

This year marks a major milestone for Oxygen Aviation, as they celebrate 20 years of flying the most discerning passengers, to every corner of the globe. Since its inception, the company has become a trusted name in bespoke air travel, known for its dedication to exceptional customer service and seamless travel experiences.

They offer tailored solutions to both business and leisure travellers, with access to thousands of carefully vetted aircraft worldwide, from helicopters, turbo-props, and light jets to long range aircraft and VVIP airliners.

Oxygen’s flight advisors handle every detail sourcing the perfect aircraft for your trip as well as, if requested: coordinating chauffeured transfers, special in-flight menus, entertainment for children, even accommodating for your pets. Oxygen’s team of aviation experts are always on hand day or night to ensure your booking runs seamlessly. With one point of contact for everything to do with your flight, you’ll be free to relax and focus on all the things that really matter to you.

THE DETAILS Contact Oxygen today:

By Phone: +44 1403 237 010

By Email: life@oxygen.aero for a no obligation quote. oxygen.aero

TRAVEL

Kelmscott

Manor

K

elmscott Manor was the iconic country home of William Morris; poet, designer, craftsman, socialist and founding father of the Arts and Crafts movement. This Grade I listed house was loved by Morris as an example of traditional craftsmanship in harmony with the nearby village and surrounding landscape, towards the very upper reaches of the Thames.

Today, visitors will find an outstanding collection. The Manor has so many intriguing stories to tell; its collections span over 300 years and reflect the lives, ideas, and creative legacy of those who lived and stayed there. Perhaps the most famous, is the portrait of Jane Morris by Rossetti,

1 9 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

“The Manor has so many intriguing stories to tell; its collections span over 300 years and reflect the lives, ideas, and creative legacy of those who lived and stayed there”

The Blue Silk Dress, which was completed in 1868 and is currently hanging in the White Room.

The domestic charm and ambience of the house is still retained and having influenced PreRaphaelite art and design and the Arts & Crafts Movement, its legacy still very much treasured today.

Our purpose built Learning Barn has a variety of activities for all ages to enjoy including trails, jigsaws, craft making and drop in family workshops. Kelmscott Manor also boasts enchanting riverside gardens and the River Thames is located just a few hundred yards away.

Enjoy a unique summer of creativity at Kelmscott Manor, Oxfordshire Award-winning poet Robert Seatter and acclaimed visual artist Jessica Palmer will bring the fascinating stories and compelling atmosphere of Kelmscott Manor to life as part of the Manor’s programme of learning and public engagement alongside an inspirational new exhibition on ‘William Morris and the Book’ (5 June – 25 October).

In mid-June, Jessica will create a large 3-D model of the Manor out of recycled materials, enabling visitors – and especially families and children – to experience the house up close and personal.

Inside the Manor, visitors will be led on a special audio trail of 10 short poems by Robert Seatter directly inspired by spaces and objects in the house.

Kelmscott Manor is open to the public Thursdays, Fridays and Saturdays from April to October.

Visit kelmscottmanor.org.uk for full visiting information.

TRAVEL

Vista Pool Deck

Regent Explorer Pool Deck Japan

Copenhagen

Rome

RAMPARTS & RIVIERAS

ROME TO MONTE CARLO ALLURA BRAND NEW SHIP

10 Days,

St. Johns

CARIBBEAN ENCHANTMENT

BALTIC SEAS & BEYOND

LONDON TO LONDON MARINA

NEW YORK TO MAIMI VISTA 14- Days,

NO FLYING

14- Days,

28th October – 11th November 2026

27th August – 6th September 2025

12th June – 26th June 2026

Rome (Civitavecchia), Salerno, Taormina, Valletta, Ibiza, Valencia, Barcelona, Provence (Marseille), Cannes, Monte Carlo (Overnight)

London (Southampton), Copenhagen, Berlin (Warnemunde)(Overnight), Tallinn, Stockholm (Overnight), Fredrikstad (Overnight), Bruges (Zeebrugge), London (Southampton) Balcony Stateroom from £5,199 per person.

PLUS Exclusive $500 Onboard Credit. Cruise Only

Balcony Stateroom from £4,299pp Exclusive $600 Shore Excursion Credit, $300 Onboard Credit & Prestige Drinks Package

2 0 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

New York, Charlotte Amalie, Tortola, St. John’s, Basseterre, Castries, St. George’s, Willemstad, Oranjestad, Miami Balcony Stateroom from £3,879 per person PLUS Exclusive $500 Onboard Credit Cruise Only

FOR EXPERT ADVICE & PERSONAL SERVICE CALL 0208 559 9007 16 Brook Parade, Chigwell, Essex IG7 6PF www.atlantistravel.co.uk Terms & conditions apply. All prices subject to change & availability

Atlantis Travel in Chigwell has been in business in Brook Parade (opposite Chigwell underground) since 1971, now in our 54th year, we are fully licensed and bonded, so your money is 100% protected. The team here is extensively travelled and personal recommendations can usually be given.

With dapples of sun managing to peek through last month, it’s a strong sign summer is on the way. To book the perfect holiday, whether a lively yet elegant break in Mykonos or a week of luxury lounging amidst service fit for royalty at Ikos, we have rounded up our favourite properties this summer. Now heading sea bound, we have some of our own adventures ahead. Sales Manager Karen is setting sail on the new and highly acclaimed Silver Ray, around the Mediterranean and will be ready to report her findings now that the ship has found her feet. I will also be sailing with Crystal in the coming months, I am excited to share more next month. As always, our phones are always open if you have any questions or enquiries, the Atlantis team would love to make your dream holiday a reality.

Have a good month! Melvyn, Managing Director

NEWS YOU CAN USE MICHELIN STAR MADNESS Offering five-star grand luxury, Royal Hideaway Corales Resort nestled in the cosy coast of Costa Adeje has more Michelin stars than you’ll know what to do with. This lavish resort knows that good holidays come with even better menus. After just adding another Michelin star to its collection, this makes it the most Michelin-starred hotel in Spain, with world-wide mouthwatering cuisine.

TEEN SPIRIT Finolhu Baa Atoll Maldives has opened a new Art Lab and Teen Hut in paradise, making it the perfect destination for families of all ages. Designed by Muza Lab, the space will host workshops on pottery and painting, as well as movie and games nights aimed at guests from 12 to 17.

Royal Hideaway Corales

Finolhu Baa Atoll

JAZZ HANDS ALL AROUND ON CUNARD With big jazz star names such as Jools Holland OBE AND Mobo winner Jamie Cullen with take musical interludes onboard Cunard’s Queen Victoria this spring. Take your pick of voyages from a 13-night Atlantic Islands voyages to an 8- night Spain and Italy cruise, where you can recline to these relaxing rhythms.

Queen Victoria

PLEASE TAKE A LOOK AT OUR WEBSITE

FOR EXPERT ADVICE & PERSONAL SERVICE CALL 0208 559 9007 | www.atlantistravel.co.uk

TRAVEL

A Slice of Paradise in Sicily: Where Your Next Holiday Begins

T

here’s something magical about Sicily.

The island is full of rolling vineyards, beautiful coastal towns, and flavours you’ll remember long after you leave.

Sicily is more than just a destination—it’s an experience for all the senses. Here, the scent of the sea mixes with citrus in the air, and life moves to the gentle rhythm of the waves.

For those looking to experience Sicily in comfort and style, villa rentals have become a popular choice. They offer a level of privacy and flexibility that hotels often can’t match, especially for families or groups of friends. Many of these properties can be found in spectacular settings— clifftop homes with sweeping views, rustic farmhouses tucked among vineyards, and coastal retreats just steps from the water.

Sicily4U is a company that helps visitors discover these hidden gems. Their curated portfolio of villas spans the island’s most coveted locations, ranging from modern seaside retreats with panoramic views to traditional estates rich in history and character. Each villa is selected with great care, ensuring guests enjoy the highest standards of comfort, privacy, and style.

What stands out is how simple the booking process is. Browsing is easy, with clear descriptions and plenty of photos to help you choose, as well as expert recommendations tailored to every guest’s needs. The company’s local knowledge means that

2 0 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Each villa is selected with great care, ensuring guests enjoy the highest standards of comfort, privacy, and style”

every stay comes with valuable insights, whether guests are searching for quiet countryside charm or vibrant coastal living.

Sicily itself does the rest. Imagine golden beaches, crystal-clear water, and a slower pace of life. You can explore ancient ruins, wander through lively villages, or just sit back and enjoy fresh local food and wine. The hospitality here is warm and genuine.

For those dreaming of a Sicilian escape, a thoughtfully chosen villa can be the key to an unforgettable holiday—and create lasting memories.

To find more inspiration and browse villa options, visit Sicily4u.co.uk. +44 (0) 20 3868 6514. info@sicily4u.co.uk. sicily4u.co.uk

Seventh Heaven Experriences is a luxury boutique travel DMC, headquartered in the vibrant heart of Delhi, India, with sub-offices in Bhutan, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Maldives and Seychelles. We take immense pride in announcing that LuxLife UK has recognised us as the “Lead Curator of Experiences 2025” and awarded us “Best Experiential Travel Company in India 2024.” These accolades are not just titles; they represent our unwavering commitment. Our passionate commitment transforms ordinary trips into life-changing adventures, ensuring that luxury is truly redefined through experiential travel! the thrill lies in weaving together personalised journeys filled with rich stories, local flavours, and unforgettable moments that linger long after guests have returned home.

India £2,300 onwards

Nepal & Bhutan £4,200 onwards

Sri Lanka & Maldives £5,400 onwards

Above per person cost includes minimum 6 nights on Bed & Breakfast plan at a 5 star luxury / boutique hotel.

Free upgrade to half board (Dinner) in Sri Lanka & full board (Lunch & dinner) in Bhutan

For more information scan the QR code

WRITE TO US WITH SUBJECT SHE-FM TO RECEIVE A FURTHER 10% DISCOUNT! SEVENTH HEAVEN EXPERRIENCES

Email - info@seventhheaven-experiences.in Website - www.seventhheaven-experiences.in

TRAVEL

Escape to Nature N AT U R H O T E L F O R S T H O F G U T

N

aturhotel Forsthofgut’s reputation as one of the world’s leading family and spa retreats is built on sustainability and refined comfort in tune with beautiful nature.

Its location at Leogang, a typically charming small Austrian village an hour from Salzburg, represents a haven from the daily grind, among flower-filled meadows beneath evergreen forest and snow-capped peaks.

Every detail has its roots in nature, from the forest-inspired tasting menus in the hotel’s latest restaurant, silva, to onsen-style spa rituals and the new waldSPA HEALTH concept. Built on parallels between a tree’s health and that of the human body, this innovative approach to wellbeing and longevity draws on the power of nature.

Focusing on four pillars - roots, strength, breath and mind - and using uVida (metabolic analysis assessment of overall health) for diagnostics, Forsthofgut’s experts create personalised nutrition and training programmes. A Health Concierge guides guests on an experiential journey combining nutrition, movement and rest. This sustainable lifestyle transformation is supported by targeted treatments including cryotherapy, hypoxia training and specialist infusions to bring about a lightness, harmony and balance to life.

Forsthofgut is not just for adults, it’s perfect

2 0 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Every detail has its roots in nature, from the forest-inspired tasting menus in the hotel’s latest restaurant, silva, to onsen-style spa rituals”

for families too. Coexisting with the adult facilities is an entire world of fun for children at Rocky’s Kids Club. Friendly and caring multi-lingual staff members keep kids enthralled from 9am to 9pm, year-round. Nature-based attractions include a cute petting farm, a mini-zoo, riding stables, and an entertaining Family & Kids Spa area. One of its top attractions - the natural swimming lake aside is the 50-metre waterslide.

Forsthofgut dining pairs uncompromising quality and rich variety. Three à la carte restaurants showcase local produce and creative half-board menus include a vegan option. Lakeside Mizūmi’s sushi specialities match Tokyo’s finest offerings.

Abundant nature supplies a year-round outdoor adventure playground on the Forsthofgut’s doorstep: ski-in/ski-out pistes for winter, forest yoga and lake swimming in summer, and endless hiking and cycling possibilities through spring and autumn. Flawless attention to detail is written in the fabric at Naturhotel Forsthofgut, where warm hospitality is a heartfelt offering. forsthofgut.at/en T: +43 6583 8561 E: info@forsthofgut.at

TRAVEL

Discover the untamed elegance of

Corsica and Sardinia F

or those yearning for a Mediterranean escape that blends natural beauty, exclusive luxury, and impeccable service, look no further than the enchanting islands of Corsica and Sardinia.

Whether you’re unwinding in a private villa with panoramic views of azure waters or savouring Michelin-starred cuisine, these iconic destinations redefine indulgence and sophistication.

At Corsican and Sardinian Places, exceptional service is built on first-hand experience—each member of the team has personally explored the islands, bringing invaluable insight to every itinerary they create. Your dream escape is closer than you think. With a wide choice of flights, an exceptional portfolio of handpicked properties, and a passionate team ready to help, booking your perfect holiday has never been easier.

With its dramatic mountains, pristine beaches,

2 0 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

and quaint villages, Corsica offers a magical setting for an unforgettable retreat. Picture yourself in an elegant hillside villa, where every morning begins with sweeping views of the sparkling Mediterranean. Surrounded by lush gardens, private pools, and sun-drenched terraces, your villa becomes a haven of peace and refined comfort.

Corsica invites you to embrace the slow rhythm of island life. Wander through charming coastal towns, bask in the blend of French and Italian culture, and indulge in simple pleasures elevated to perfection.

For a boutique hotel experience, La Plage Casadelmar offers exceptional seclusion in an unspoiled natural setting. With just 19 stylish rooms, this beachfront retreat ensures tranquillity and intimacy. Its location near the delightful town of Porto Vecchio allows guests to explore vibrant eateries and chic boutiques with ease, while boat

“Whether you’re unwinding in a private villa with panoramic views of azure waters or savouring Michelinstarred cuisine, these iconic destinations redefine indulgence and sophistication”

boutique shopping. Whether you’re seeking relaxation or adventure, every detail is thoughtfully curated to exceed your expectations.

Corsica and Sardinia are more than just destinations; they are the art of living well. With bespoke services and dedication to perfection, your Mediterranean getaway will be an experience of exceptional luxury and elegance. Let Corsican Places and Sardinian Places turn your dream holiday into a reality. Their team of experts have first-hand knowledge of both islands and can craft the perfect itinerary tailored to you.

Corsica.co.uk 01489 866 931 Sardinia.co.uk 01489 866 959 transfers to its sister property, Casadelmar, add a touch of glamour to any stay.

Travelling with family? Villa Kallisté is a contemporary gem, ideal for a relaxed yet luxurious holiday. Sleeping up to four guests, it offers breathtaking sea views, spacious outdoor living areas, and a large private pool—perfect for quality time under the Corsican sun.

Just a short flight from the UK, Sardinia beckons with its glamorous coastline, luxurious five-star resorts, and unique properties. A sanctuary of serenity, Sardinia offers an idyllic island getaway, where sparkling turquoise waters meet pristine sandy beaches, all complemented by rugged mountains and charming seaside towns.

Whether you’re lounging by a private villa pool with a cocktail in hand, cruising the coastline on a private yacht, or enjoying fresh seafood in a restaurant with striking ocean vistas, Sardinia promises experiences that are nothing short of extraordinary.

Stay at Hotel Capo d’Orso Thalasso & Spa, a luxurious 5-star hideaway tucked into a serene corner of northern Sardinia. With panoramic views over the Gulf of Cannigione, exceptional dining, and access to boat hire, this property opens the door to unforgettable coastal adventures.

For a refined beachfront escape, Hotel Abi d’Oru combines timeless charm with modern sophistication. Fresh from a recent refurbishment, it offers a warm welcome, outstanding service, and a tranquil setting to unwind in style.

Across both islands, luxury comes in many forms: soothing Thalasso spas, hidden beaches accessible only by boat, private tours of remote villages and vineyards with local experts, and M AY 2 0 2 5 2 0 7

TRAVEL

Soothing Sea Views and Coastal Calm at

Watersmeet Hotel

I

f the sound of the sea, expansive coastal views, and leisurely breakfasts overlooking the surf sound like your ideal escape, then Watersmeet Hotel in North Devon is your perfect retreat. Nestled above the sands of Combesgate Beach, this boutique coastal haven offers uninterrupted views of the Atlantic, direct access to the shore via a private path, and a refined, adults-friendly ambiance. With just 28 individually styled rooms – many boasting private terraces facing the ocean – it’s the perfect setting for a romantic break or a relaxing week by the sea.

The hotel’s intimate spa includes an indoor pool, steam room, hot tub, and a peaceful treatment space offering expert massages and facials – all designed to help you truly unwind.

EXCEPTIONAL DINING WITH A VIEW AT WATERSMEET HOTEL Watersmeet offers two distinct dining experiences to suit the mood of your day. For a relaxed bite after time spent on the sand, our laid-back Palms Restaurant is the ideal choice. In the evening, our acclaimed two AA Rosette Rocks Restaurant presents a more refined menu, showcasing the best of North Devon’s produce – from fresh seafood 2 0 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

and locally sourced meats to seasonal vegetables – all accompanied by panoramic views of the surf.

Afternoon Tea is something of a tradition at Watersmeet – and with good reason. This is Devon, after all. Whether enjoyed on the terrace overlooking the waves, in our elegant lounge, or even as a picnic-style hamper, it’s a generous affair.

Expect delicate finger sandwiches, homemade cakes, and freshly baked scones served warm with clotted cream and jam – the perfect indulgence after a coastal walk or a morning by the sea.

THINGS TO DO When it’s time to explore, take our private path down to Combesgate Beach – a peaceful cove perfect for a swim or paddle. Just along the coast lies Barricane Beach, famed for its exotic shells and clear waters, ideal for a quiet seaside escape.

For those who enjoy walking, Watersmeet is a dream base. The surrounding area is rich in scenic trails managed by the National Trust, including dramatic routes to Morte Point and Baggy Point – offering sweeping coastal views and a true sense of North Devon’s wild beauty.

Book at watersmeethotel.co.uk/book/offers

“Afternoon Tea is something of a tradition at Watersmeet – and with good reason. This is Devon, after all. Whether enjoyed on the terrace overlooking the waves, in our elegant lounge, or even as a picnicstyle hamper, it’s a generous affair”

The Watersmeet Hotel in Woolacombe, voted Best Waterside Hotel for UK & Ireland by Conde Nast Johansen’s 2024.

Our 4 star Coastal Hotel could not be better located on the water’s edge. Luxury Balcony, Terrace Rooms & Suites all have private outdoor seating & sun loungers.

Our 2 Rosette Restaurant offers dramatic sea views. from our unique cliff top location. Indoor and outdoor pool & spa.

3 Night Midweek Break - Dinner, B/B Offer Inclusions: • Deluxe Sea view room for 3 nights • 3 Course dinner every night • Full Devon breakfast • Complimentary use of swimming pool, jacuzzi & steam room Inclusive from £860 2 Night Celebration • Breakfast included • Dinner included for 2 nights • Celebrating something special?

Our celebration offer includes your room with dinner each evening (£50.00 food allowance per adult), breakfast each morning, bottle of champagne and a Devon cream tea for two during your stay.

Celebrate in style and add a spa treatment to your stay – 10% discount on any 60 or 90mins spa treatments booked

01271 870 333 | watersmeethotel.co.uk The Watersmeet Hotel, EX34 7EB | enquiries@watersmeethotel.co.uk

Our spectacular property in the Turks and Caicos Islands is reminiscent of the Grand Villas of the Italian and French Riviera.

Introducing our new ocean front, 6,000 sq ft, 2 story, 7 bedroom, 7 1/2 bathroom Grande Villa!

FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL 800-234-0346 OR VISIT WWW.VILLARENAISSANCETURKSANDCAICOS.COM

TRAVEL

THE PERFECT BREAKS TO BOOK IN FRANCE THIS SUMMER

Dine on fine food, soak up great art and pedal through beautiful scenery – all a hop across the Channel, says Sarah Marshall.

D

espite Brexit’s best efforts, France continues to be one of our favourite holiday destinations. Of the 100 million international visitors to the Gallic nation last year, Brits made up a significant number.

Vicinity is one key factor – but the love affair runs much deeper. The landscapes, for starters, are a big draw – ranging from sparkling, chateaux-lined rivers to mountains draped in a light worshipped by artists. Food also plays a crucial role in bringing visitors back again and again.

Above all, the greatest attraction is undoubtedly a desire to sample the joie de vivre for laidback living – a commitment to clocking off for wellearned breaks, sipping rosé in the Mediterranean sun or long coffees beneath the shade of Parisian cafe awnings.

Need any more convincing? Here are a view more reason to knock on our neighbours’ doors this summer.

2 1 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

CULTURAL HAPPENINGS IN FRENCH FLANDERS While the Louvre in Paris is about to undergo a major renaissance as part of a much-needed revamp, its little sister 300km north is firing on all cylinders. The Galerie du Temps at the LouvreLens recently underwent a transformation in a bid to shed new light on its permanent collection of works.

“The greatest attraction is undoubtedly a desire to sample the joie de vivre for laidback living”

W E L C O M E T O W I N D FA L L C O T TA G E

NOW WITH EV CHARGER

Designer built to ooze luxury, we think you’ll agree Windfall Cottage has buckets full of stunning good looks inside and out.

Set in the grounds of the Grade II listed property, it has its own private gardens and uninterrupted views to the South over the adjoining orchard towards the Cotwolds.

The property has 3 bedrooms, all with their own bathroom facilities, plus a unique baby suite.

Lovingly crafted using an age old aisle frame construction technique, comprising more than 12 tonnes of sustainably grown green oak, all set over a natural and locally quarried Cotswold stone plinth. The interior is a blend of high quality natural oak and limestone floors with underfloor heating, decadent free standing baths, power showers and a stunning bespoke kitchen with Aga. You’ll also receive these getaway essentials: • Sky Plus TV with Sports pack • W i-Fi • Aga Oven • W ine fridge with a bottle or two • Washing machine with dryer • Dishwasher • Fridge and freezer • Microwave oven • Safe enclosed garden with great patio area, quality furniture and giant professional gas BBQ • Corten steel wood burner on the patio and giant Kadai fire pit in the orchard amongst the fruit trees for alfresco fun Te l : 0 7 7 6 0 8 8 8 3 1 8 windfallcottage.com | windfallbeckford@googlemail.com

TRAVEL

Another highlight alternative for die-hard Paris fans is the ‘Pom Pom Pidou’ exhibition at the Tripostal, a former mail sorting office transformed into a cultural hub. The show will feature a selection of works from the capital’s Pompidou Centre, which will close from September for renovation and won’t open until 2030. Find pieces

by Robert Delaunay, Italian futurists, Marcel Duchamp and a light projection by Icelandic artist Olafur Eliasson.

Continuing the art theme in French Flanders, Lille’s bi-annual Lille3000 event returns from 26 April with a parade of floats, musicians, dancers and street performers followed by an evening fireworks display. This year’s programme of artistic and cultural events, which runs until 9 November, focuses on the spirit of festivity.

How: Travel to Lille by Eurostar from London St Pancras from £39 one way. Visit eurostar.com.

Stay in the historic Le Carlton with views of Lille’s Opera House, from £151 per night including breakfast. Visit carltonlille.com.

GREAT MASTERS IN AIX-ENPROVENCE “When you’re born there it’s hopeless, nothing else is good enough,” reflected artist Paul Cezanne on his enduringly attractive hometown. Throughout the year, exhibitions and events will be hosted across Aix-en-Provence in celebration of its most famous resident.

Following renovation works, visitors can tour his 18th century country house Bastide du Jas de Bouffan. The Atelier des Lauves, his final studio, will also reopen to the public, while an “In the footsteps of Cezanne” app serves as a guide to the picturesque locations which featured in his famous works.

Beyond brushes and easels, the spirit of the Cezanne becomes a multi-sensory experience with several offbeat offerings. At 3, Rue Thiers, in

2 1 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

TRAVEL

the historic quarter of Aix-en-Provence, perfumer Rose & Marius invites enthusiasts to create scents inspired by the master’s paintings. Chefs at HotelRestaurant La Bastide Bourrelly, meanwhile, have created a menu dedicated to the artists’ love of food including a nod to his insistence on always travelling to Paris with a bottle of olive oil.

How: Ramble Worldwide offers a seven-night half-board Cezanne’s Provence escorted tour from £2,319pp, including train travel or flights. Various departures between March and October. Visit rambleworldwide.co.uk.

HISTORIC EVENTS IN NORMANDY Making it much easier to plan an eco-friendly holiday, Brittany Ferries launch their second hybrid ship this month. Named Guillaume de Normandie – the French name for William the Conqueror – it will operate from Portsmouth to Caen in Normandy. The city in the heart of Normandy is the final resting place of the Norman King of England, whose millennium anniversary is in 2027.

Plans are already underway for major birthday celebrations, with this year’s Caen Millennium serving as a prelude. Along with showcasing what’s on offer in the city, events will look at the broader impact of Normans on Ireland, Sicily and southern Italy, and the Channel Islands.

This summer is also the last opportunity to see

2 1 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

“A platform for the world’s most fiercely contested cycle race, France has championed pedal power for decades”

the Bayeux Tapestry before the museum housing the 70metre-long tapestry of conquests in 1066 closes for a refurbishment to be unveiled in 2027.

How: Brittany Ferries offers crossing from Portsmouth £69 one way for a foot passenger.

Visit brittany-ferries.co.uk.

CYCLING IN THE LOIRE VALLEY A platform for the world’s most fiercely contested cycle race, France has championed pedal power for decades. Not every cyclist, however, is racing in pursuit of the Tour de France’s fabled yellow jersey.

Around 70% of residents own a bike and a network of cycle-friendly paths weaves through the country. A good all-round scenery and legplease, the Loire a Velo covers 900km through the Loire Valley, with more than 700 cycle-friendly places to stay along the route.

This year marks the 20th anniversary of the initiative, and it’s still riding high. Glide alongside the Loire, all the way to the Atlantic Ocean, gazing at grand chateaux and elegant vineyards on the way.

How: Cycling For Softies offer an escorted four-night half-board Chateaux of the Loire trip from £975pp, including bike hire and panniers.

Visit cyclingforsofties.com.

Hvar’s leading luxury travel experts since 2002. villashvar.com

INDEPENDENT

SCHOOLS GUIDE – The finest independent schools in the UK – I M A G E : S T D U N S TA N ’ S C O L L E G E S E E PA G E : 2 2 6

EDUC ATION

Talbot Heath:

The Premier Destination for Aspiring Female Swimmers The club will feature four squads: Swim Skills (foundation & enjoyment), Development (training & competition prep), Competition (county level), and Performance (regional to international level).

Our on-site boarding house provides a structured environment, ensuring swimmers can balance rigorous training with academic success, offering seamless access to pre- and post-school sessions.

Talbot Heath is shaping the future of female swimming. Join them on this journey: talbotheath.org/swimming

T

albot Heath School, Bournemouth, is launching the enhanced Talbot Heath School Swimming Club—a major step in providing outstanding opportunities for young female swimmers.

Building on the success of its Tennis and Swimming Academies, Talbot Heath is establishing itself as a Swim England Swimming Club. This move follows a five-year review, allowing the school to tailor its program to fit seamlessly into the school day—offering a top-tier dual school and training environment for both local and boarding pupils.

At the helm is Barry Alldrick, a renowned international coach who has developed elite athletes from grassroots levels. His transition to Head of Swimming at Talbot Heath will revolutionise the school’s approach. Joining him is Jack Phillips, Strength and Conditioning expert from GTC Conditioning, ensuring a holistic athlete development program. Additional physiotherapy support and a second coach will be introduced, creating a performance-driven environment.

Talbot Heath’s ambition goes beyond training— it is committed to tackling the unique challenges female swimmers face. The school will support long-term research into the best strategies for female athlete development, in partnership with Swim England, Aquatics GB, and top female sports figures.

2 1 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Talbot Heath’s ambition goes beyond training—it is committed to tackling the unique challenges female swimmers face”

ABOUT TALBOT HEATH Choosing Talbot Heath School means investing in an education that equips girls with confidence, skills, and resilience to succeed in an ever-changing world. With its unique blend of academic excellence, elite sports opportunities, and a nurturing boarding environment, Talbot Heath offers an unparalleled experience for girls to flourish.

Talbot Heath School, Rothesay Road, Talbot Woods, Bournemouth BH4 9NJ

EDUC ATION

Beacon of Individuality in the Heart of West London

OFSTED SAYS: “The headteacher has created a school in which staff are ambitious for pupils and make sure that pupils feel valued.”

“Pupils are inquisitive and curious.”

“Pupils appreciate highly the friendliness of the school.”

THE DETAILS

F

or 25 years, the Lloyd Williamson Schools Foundation (LWSF) has offered an extraordinary educational journey, guiding students from nursery through to GCSEs with a consistent and nurturing approach.

At LWSF, individuality thrives. They believe in empowering each child to discover their authentic selves, fostering creativity, problem-solving skills, and a lifelong love of learning. Their goal is to inspire self-motivated learners who embrace challenges and develop resilience.

The headteacher’s vision has created a vibrant community where ambitious staff are dedicated to nurturing each pupil’s unique potential. Leaders and staff invest in each child, celebrating their achievements and ensuring they feel seen and valued.

The curriculum is both ambitious and diverse.

LWSF offers French and Spanish from nursery and recently added Astronomy and PE GCSEs. Their inviting libraries encourage a passion for reading, while enriching projects like outdoor

2 2 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

learning and the annual project enhance the learning experience beyond the classroom.

With small class sizes and tailored teaching, students from diverse backgrounds and abilities flourish, LWSF supportive environment minimises stress, allowing children to build confidence and high self-esteem. Fees cover all activities, including after-school clubs, holiday club, meals, trips, and exam fees. Entry is by interview, not exams, and prospective students spend a trial day with their class before joining their community.

Exceptional pastoral care is a hallmark of LWSF and we champion equality and diversity. They invite you to experience the LWSF difference.

Discover a school where individuality is celebrated, and every child is empowered to shine. A family where everyone belongs. Contact the head, Lucy Meyer, or the admin team at 0208 962 0345 or admin@lws.org.uk to arrange a visit. lloydwilliamson.co.uk Nursery and Primary 77 St Charles Square London W10 6EB Secondary 206-208 Latimer Road London, W10 6QY

EDUC ATION

TOP LONDON HEAD FOR SANDROYD SCHOOL

A

fter 32 years at renowned Eaton House Schools, latterly as Group Principal and Headmistress of Eaton House The Manor Prep, Mrs Sarah Segrave is taking up the headship of Sandroyd, a co-educational boarding school in Wiltshire for children aged 2-13.

‘It’s the perfect next challenge for me,’ says Mrs Segrave. ‘This is a school that was voted “Best Boarding School in 2023” by the Times Educational Supplement and has huge potential as the top option for parents looking for an education that places value on character, outdoor education, service and academic development.’

The sheer beauty of Sandroyd stunned her - 100 acres of incredible parkland where children can explore childhood in a very natural and active way.

‘For London parents, the combination of a school which places childhood at its heart, with an ex-London head who understands their day to day challenges could be the best of both worlds,’ she says.

Parents who are struggling with the juggle of modern life – late nights at work, nannies and a frantic timetable – and the sometimes intense pressure of London Prep schools, could instead give 2 2 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

their children an academically ambitious education with all the opportunities of a country setting.

With excellent academic results and a wonderfully supportive parent body, this can seem like a very attractive proposition. For families thinking of relocating, it is a beautiful part of the world.

For Sarah Segrave, who, with her husband, Nick, has family in Wiltshire, it is the perfect choice. ‘I think Sandroyd offers the gifts of time and space for children,’ she says. ‘The setting allows for development of character through doing, whether that’s riding ponies or caring for the chickens.

Mrs Segrave plans to draw on the current values of Sandroyd – academic excellence married with the idea of allowing young children to develop at their own pace - with the key skills that she developed at Eaton House Schools of critical thinking, communication, creativity and collaboration. It is set to be a winning formula.

If you have been discussing the same options since Reception Class it may be time to think again. Sandroyd School could be just the breath of fresh air your family is looking for.

To find out more visit sandroyd.org or contact the Admissions team on 01725 526264.

Mrs Sarah Segrave, the new Headmistress of Sandroyd School from September 2025

“The setting allows for development of character through doing, whether that’s riding ponies or caring for the chickens”

EDUC ATION

2 2 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

EDUC ATION

St Dunstan’s College shortlisted for Independent Senior School of the Year

S

t Dunstan’s College is delighted to announce it has been shortlisted for Independent Senior School of the Year at the Tes Schools Awards 2025.

The Tes Schools Awards, known as the Oscars of education, recognise the very best teachers and schools from UK state and independent schools, across early years settings, primary and secondary.

Speaking about the news, Head of Senior School, Jade McLellan, explained: ‘We are all delighted with this news, especially as the nomination comes only three years after winning the same category.

‘St Dunstan’s is a school that has led educational thought ever since its foundation in 1888 and we are proud to continue this tradition now, pairing outstanding academic outcomes with a moral ambition that inspires staff and pupils alike. We truly are an independent school like no other with our unparalleled innovative curriculum, vibrant inner-city

2 2 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

location and diverse pupil body, and we are proud that our nomination reflects these strengths.’

Last autumn, St Dunstan’s become one of the first schools in the country to receive two significant strengths as part of its ISI inspection.

The report praised the broad and varied curriculums on offer to students at St Dunstan’s, explaining: ‘Leaders have put in place an ambitious, timetabled curriculum which provides extensive opportunities for pupils to acquire the broadest of learning experiences. Leaders have taken great care in the design of this multi-faceted programme which is included as part of the school day.

‘There are four separate strands; together these provide the full range of curriculum subjects, an extensive offering of broader learning experiences, a programme of teaching skills for the future and one that focuses on building pupils’ wellbeing and self-awareness. The breadth and relevance of this curriculum and leaders’ decision that all pupils

“Last autumn, St Dunstan’s become one of the first schools in the country to receive two significant strengths as part of its ISI inspection”

participate in these opportunities, is a significant strength.’

The second ‘significant strength’ applauded the school’s dedication to celebrating diversity within the school.

‘The school’s ethos supports leaders in creating a strong community where diversity is celebrated,’ the report found. ‘This works through many facets of school life: through the curriculum, through the varied groups in school, led by pupils which celebrate diversity, and through producing events such as the annual St Dunstan’s festival. All these promote respect and understanding among the pupils for everyone in their own school and in the wider local community. This is a significant strength of the school.’

St Dunstan’s Education Group, CEO, Nick Hewlett added: ‘I am thrilled with this news and the shortlisting is an endorsement of the courageous and creative educational choices that have been made for the students in receipt of an education in the St Dunstan’s Senior School.

St Dunstan’s is now one of the top performing schools in the country and I pay tribute to Jade for her leadership and all the staff, students and families who have helped transform the school into the place it is today.’

“I am thrilled with this news and the shortlisting is an endorsement of the courageous and creative educational choices that have been made for the students in receipt of an education in the St Dunstan’s Senior School”

An expert panel of judges comprised of leaders in education selected a shortlist for 22 categories.

Jon Severs, Editor of Tes Magazine, said: ‘We’ve seen some incredible entries nominated in this year’s awards. The Tes Schools Awards are a highlight of the year, and it’s important that we properly recognise the fantastic work that’s been done in education across the academic year.’

St Dunstan’s won Independent Senior School of the Year at the Tes Schools Awards in 2022. Most recently, the school was named Most Progressive Independent School in London and Most Progressive Independent School in south-east England at the Private Education Awards 2023 and 2024, respectively. St Dunstan’s sport department was also praised for its Diversity and Inclusion efforts at the Education Choices Awards 2024.

Winners will be announced on Friday 20 June at a glittering gala at the Grosvenor Hotel, Park Lane, London. stdunstans.org.uk

M AY 2 0 2 5 2 2 7

EDUC ATION

ROSEMEAD SHORTLISTED FOR INDEPENDENT PREP SCHOOL OF THE YEAR

R

osemead Preparatory School and Nursery is delighted to announce it has been shortlisted for Independent Prep School of the Year at the Tes Schools Awards 2025.

The Tes Schools Awards, known as the Oscars of education, recognise the very best teachers and schools from UK state and independent schools, across early years settings, primary and secondary.

Speaking about the news, Head, Graeme McCafferty said: ‘The whole Rosemead community is delighted with this news.

‘At Rosemead, I’m proud that we adopt a childcentered approach, where we make it a priority to truly know and understand each child. We believe

2 2 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

that by recognising and nurturing their individual strengths and talents, every child can flourish and excel in their area of expertise. Our dedicated teachers work tirelessly to create a supportive environment where children feel inspired and motivated to achieve their personal best.’

Graeme added: ‘We are committed to providing a nurturing and inspiring environment where your child will grow, learn, and thrive. Together, we will celebrate their achievements, foster their talents, and guide them on a path of personal and academic success.’

An expert panel of judges comprised of leaders in education selected a shortlist for 22 categories.

In February 2023, Rosemead announced it was joining St Dunstan’s Education Group.

Following the shortlist announcement, the Group’s CEO, Nick Hewlett said: ‘I am thrilled with this news for Rosemead. The school has been on an extraordinary journey in recent years, and I pay tribute to Graeme for his leadership, along with all staff, students and families who make the school such a special place.’

‘It has been a real delight to welcome Rosemead into our Group. The Good Schools Guide were spot on to call Rosemead the ‘one to watch’ in south London.’

Jon Severs, Editor of Tes Magazine, said: ‘We’ve seen some incredible entries nominated in this year’s awards. The Tes Schools Awards are a highlight of the year, and it’s important that we properly recognise the fantastic work that’s been done in education across the academic year.’

Last year, the school was award two prestigious awards. In November, Rosemead was awarded for Excellence and Innovation in Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion at the Independent Schools Association (ISA) Awards. This followed an

“We are committed to providing a nurturing and inspiring environment where your child will grow, learn, and thrive. Together, we will celebrate their achievements, foster their talents, and guide them on a path of personal and academic success”

earlier award for Best EDIB (Equality, Diversity, Inclusion and Belonging) at the Education Choices Awards 2024.

Previously, Rosemead became one of first prep schools in the country to receive a significant strength as part of its ISI inspection.

‘A highly customised approach to every pupil’s academic progress is a significant strength of the school,’ the report explained. ‘A customised learning programme in mathematics, English and reasoning caters for pupils in Year 4 and above.

This, supported by an extensive enrichment programme and much support for individuals, impacts on all groups of pupils, enabling them to make good and often rapid progress over time.’

Winners will be announced on Friday 20 June at a glittering gala at the Grosvenor Hotel, Park Lane, London.

Find out more about Rosemead at their upcoming open morning on Tuesday 17 June 2025. Visit rosemeadprep.org.uk to book.

M AY 2 0 2 5 2 2 9

EDUC ATION

The Power of Consistency:

Why A Year-Round Nursery Education at The Chelsea Nursery Just Makes Sense

By Alison Melrose

A

t The Chelsea Nursery, we know that early childhood is a precious, where every moment matters. Our yearround provision for little learners from 6 months until the end of the pre-school class is not just convenient; it’s transformational.

Continuity is key. Young children thrive on routine and the familiar. By removing the stopstart of term-time-only care, we offer a steady rhythm that nurtures emotional security. With familiar faces and consistent routines and a minimum of five sessions per week, children settle quickly after their stay-and-play visits, feel safe, and flourish.

The benefits go beyond being a home-fromhome experience, learning and developmental milestones are key. Our skilled nursery practitioners and qualified teachers ensure teaching and learning progress remains on track all year round. Communication, social skills, and early literacy grow steadily, setting children up for success in Reception and beyond.

Social development flourishes at The Chelsea Nursery. Children form meaningful friendships, engage in collaborative play, and build the confidence to express themselves—all in a place

2 3 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

“The benefits go beyond being a home-from-home experience, learning and developmental milestones are key”

they know and trust.

Our year-round structure also empowers us to deliver truly individualised learning. We know every child—how they think, what sparks their curiosity, and where they shine. We tailor learning journeys that keep pace with their unique development.

Never underestimate the power of wellbeing, with nourishing meals (breakfast, lunch, tea and snacks) and outdoor play, creative expression and discovery-led learning, we have a busy time every day. Our nursery curriculum is packed with additional enrichment classes including French, Forest School, cookery, ballet, storytelling, music and sport. Every aspect of the Early Years curriculum is covered with regular feedback and observations to parents via our online app to share learning activities.

As a busy parent myself, The Chelsea Nursery provides peace of mind. With expert staff, a safe and nurturing environment, and no need to juggle holiday care, you can trust that your child is in the very best hands.

At The Chelsea Nursery, year-round means all-round growth for children and their families as well as being part of a wonderful, local, community. cameronvaleschool.com

EDUC ATION

Be Your Bassett Best

journey, setting the stage for a lifelong love of learning. From their first day, children are encouraged to develop curiosity, creativity, and resilience, ensuring they are well-prepared for the challenges that lie ahead.

Founded by Sylvia Rentoul in 1947, Bassett House was initially shaped with a strong focus on the Montessori method. Today, the Nursery School continues to incorporate the principles of Montessori in its teaching, with all of the Nursery School staff being Montessori-accredited practitioners. This approach fosters confidence, self-esteem, and independence among the youngest learners.

At Bassett House, pupils are taught to be wellrounded and grounded. They learn the values of humility, tolerance, and gratitude, and are encouraged to always appreciate what they have.

As a smaller school, Bassett House creates a warm, welcoming atmosphere that is caring, charming, and filled with a palpable sense of community. Staying true to its founding vision, the school maintains a “house” feel with a home-from-home environment, which remains one of its most cherished qualities.

Finally, the dedicated team of teachers at Bassett House, work collaboratively to ensure that every pupil receives the best possible education. For each the best.

B

assett House is a co-educational, nonselective school educating children aged 2 to 11. Pupils at Bassett House are consistently encouraged to strive to be their best. When the school was established in 1947, its motto was much the same, though expressed in Latin: ‘Quisque pro sua parte’ – For each the best. The school focuses on the abilities of its pupils, recognising that achievement takes many forms. Bassett House proudly celebrates its most academically gifted pupils, who continue on to Year 7 at some of London’s most academically selective schools, as well as those who achieve success in other diverse and meaningful ways.

As an arts-rich school, Bassett House places great importance on the teaching of art, drama, and music. The Montessori-based Nursery School provides a nurturing environment for children aged 2 to 4, where they begin their educational

2 3 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS bassetths.org.uk admissions@bassetths.org.uk Bassett House School, 60 Bassett Road, London, W10 6JP 020 8969 0313

EDUC ATION

Exceptional Pastoral Care and Dyslexia Support Gives Pupils the Freedom to Flourish

F

orget ordinary — St David’s College takes education to the next level. Since 1965, this pioneering independent coeducational boarding and day school for ages 9-19 has been crafting a learning experience as individual as its students.

Here, traditional academics meet exciting opportunities in sport, performing arts, design technology, award-winning outdoor education and more. It’s a space where students can explore their passions, uncover hidden talents, and prepare for whatever comes next.

Central to the St. David’s experience is a holistic approach to education; one that values every learner’s potential. Whether students excel academically or face unique challenges, they are supported to thrive in an environment that fosters growth and confidence. The result? Happy, engaged learners who grow into well-rounded young adults.

LEARNING FOR ALL St David’s is recognised as one of Wales’ leading schools for dyslexia. Teachers here use multi-sensory techniques to create an inclusive, supportive environment with lessons that

2 3 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

align with how pupils with dyslexia, dyspraxia, dyscalculia, and dysgraphia learn best. For example, pupils can use Microsoft Office 365’s Immersive Reader, which reads documents aloud, helping them follow along, grasp key concepts, and develop independent learning skills.

Outside the classroom is the Cadogan Centre, a dedicated space for one-to-one or group lessons with just two to four pupils at a time. With over 500 specialist lessons delivered each week, online or on campus, the centre’s postgraduate-qualified teachers help with various learning challenges, from literacy and maths difficulties to memory, focus, and processing speed issues.

These tailored approaches have a lasting impact.

Will Greenhalgh came to St. David’s with the odds stacked against him. “I was told I wouldn’t succeed due to my dyslexia,” he says. “But thanks to the custom learning here, I not only excelled academically but built the confidence I lacked. I took three GCSEs early and scored all 8s, proving to myself that I can achieve anything.”

THE DETAILS Email admissions@stdavidscollege.co.uk to learn how St David’s College can give your child the freedom to flourish.

St David’s College Llandudno, LL30 1RD stdavidscollege.co.uk

EDUC ATION

‘N

‘Nine at Millfield’

ine at Millfield’ is an innovative programme tailor-made to meet the academic and development needs of 13 to 14 - year-olds in Year 9.

Millfield understands that, for the youngest members of the community, Year 9 is a time of huge change. It’s a big step from junior or prep school to a senior school and also a time of adolescent change - physically, emotionally, socially and intellectually. ‘Nine at Millfield’ creates a supportive environment for students to really get to know the school, settle in and succeed.

Learning is at the heart of the programme. The school offer a curriculum which stretches and challenges each young person to make learning even more inspiring. This is combined with an outstanding sport and co-curricular programme and a focus on learning in the outdoors - making the most of Somerset’s wonderful landscape. The programme is dynamic, diverse and engaging, connecting students with limitless academic, artistic and sporting outcomes by discovering and nurturing their talents and passions.

Millfield is home to 995 full boarders in 19 houses, situated on or within easy reach of the campus. Their house is the place where most students make long-lasting friendships and receive the support and guidance of a team of dedicated staff.

The Year 9 houses are located right at the heart of the Millfield campus, with three dedicated boarding houses and a day house for Year 9 students only. There are two boys’ boarding houses, and one girls’ boarding house. The day house is our only mixed day house at Millfield.

The houses have housemasters and

2 4 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

housemistresses who oversee every aspect of a child’s wellbeing and academic progress, and each house is supported by a high staff to student ratio.

The programme welcomes students into the Millfield community and offers them a year to establish themselves before making confident transitions to Year 10, ready for GCSEs. It also equips each student with the skills and friendships to face the future with confidence and excitement.

Learn more about the programme at Millfield’s Open Day on Saturday 4 October 2025. Book online at: millfieldschool.com/ admissions/open-days

Fulham 020 7386 0006 or Shepherds Bush 020 8749 2877 or Hampton 0208 941 7666

YUMMY MUMMY MAY ISSUE

C

H

I

T H E

W O R L D ’ S

L

S

D

P

L

F I N E S T

A Y

C

L

D E S I G N E R

B R A N D S

O

G

T

H

I

N

.

C

O

.

U

K

YUMMY MUMMY

[SHOPPING]

BABIES & KIDS COSTUME DRAMA A Felt Owl Mask for kids – a beautifully handcrafted, ecofriendly accessory perfect for imaginative play and outdoor adventures. aisforalicecostumes.com

HEY SAUSAGE!

AT ONE WITH NATURE “This kit is so much more than a toy set - it’s the quality you’d need to spend multiple weeks in the jungle and not get wet. Time outdoors enriches lives. My childhood was spent roaming fields, building dens and dams and as a result I feel a practical connection to nature that has never left me. If screens cause anxiety - nature is the antidote. An afternoon in the woods building a den with mates or the family is the perfect way to re-set your child and bring them back to their purest and happiest selves.” – Ed Stafford. thedenkitco.com

Little ones will love caring for this adorable sausage dog! This cuddly little Dachshund toy comes with his very own stripy jumper and polka dot blanket, all tucked up inside an illustrated gift box. rexlondon.com

A DOG’S LIFE A beautiful traditional toy, ‘Scottie Dog’ Push Along is both a ride on and a wooden baby walker, and is suitable for toddlers aged 12 months plus.

Your little ones will create some magical memories with Scottie that they’ll treasure for years to come. therockinghorsetoyshop.co.uk

BABY STEPS LITTLE STAR Inspired by the much-loved childhood nursery rhyme, this soft blanket features a night sky full of stars. This warm blanket, woven from merino wool, will keep you cosy during the cold winter months and take the chill off cool summer nights. jjtextile.co.uk 2 4 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

These are knitted and felted in the softest Merino Lambswool from her garden studio in Nottingham.

These would make a beautiful new baby present celebrating that tiny new arrival. By independent designer and maker Emily Turner. folksy.com

YUMMY MUMMY

Let’s Get Outdoors!

Sustainable Play Inspiration from The Den Kit Company

T

he Den Kit Company are passionate advocates of outdoor play and aim to inspire families to get into the great outdoors wherever possible.

The brand’s award winning Den Kits are available in a variety of themes and designed to encourage children outside - whether a tiny backyard, the woods, beach or balcony. The promise of a hand-crafted space in which to set up a temporary retreat is tempting to children (and adults) of all ages, and with little or no previous den-building experience.

All of the kits are lovingly made in the UK and all free of single-use-plastic, batteries or complicated instructions.

If the range of Den Kits weren’t enticing enough, the clever team have also developed an ingenious collection of creative Activity Kits- these include their Make A Pizza For The Birds Kit and Potion Making Kit. Of course, whilst the kits appeal to children’s natural sense of adventure, they are also an effective teaching tool. Unencumbered by adult intervention, children are free to explore their own creative talents for problem solving, critical thinking and ingenuity. thedenkitco.com

2 4 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

YUMMY MUMMY

CREATIVE KIDS Introducing new eatsleepdoodle colour-in pyjamas complete with wash out fabric pens – creative, comfy and sustainable!

C

olour-in pyjamas for children complete with wash-out fabric pens – colour, wash, repeat! eatsleepdoodle are excited to announce two new products to their range of colour in gifts, now available in the UK. This new collection is made up of two fantastic children’s cotton colour-in pyjama sets with included wash out pens!

In two of eatsleepdoodle’s most popular designs, this collection features colour-in dinosaur pyjamas and colour-in fairytales & legends pyjamas in a range of three children’s sizes: 4-5 years, 5-6 years and 6-7 years.

“The eatsleepdoodle team have done a fantastic job in creating this new colour in gift and we’re excited to be launching a brand new product.

Colour in pyjamas are a popular gift for kids and when combined with our wash-out pens, they make a perfect set!” said Alan Mattassi, CEO of eatsleepdoodle. “It is an exciting time for us and we’re thrilled to be launching this new range” he added.

2 5 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

What’s inside?

Each set of pyjamas features a coloured collar and cuffs on the wrists and ankles – and comes complete inside a cotton drawstring bag of the same colour. These colourful details are a nod to eatsleepdoodle’s current colour in placemat collection which features ‘to go’ bags in the same shade – adding a nice consistency across the range.

The colourful cotton drawstring bags are not only a sustainable, more eco-friendly form of packaging but can be used to take the pyjamas onthe-go or reused in a new way. They are a feature that contributes to making the colour-in pyjamas a top-quality product and terrific gift for kids.

High-Quality Made of 100% single jersey cotton, these highquality pyjamas are long sleeved with a snug fit for extra comfort and maximum cosiness.

Pens Included These pyjamas for kids come complete with a set of 10 super wash out fabric pens for endless colouring fun!

Colour, Wash, Repeat! eatsleepdoodle pens are designed specially to work with their cotton textiles and magically dissolve on a warm wash, leaving the pyjamas fresh and ready for more colouring fun (and it won’t stain anything else in your wash either – even your whites!). eatsleepdoodle.co.uk

“This collection features colour-in dinosaur pyjamas and colour-in fairytales & legends pyjamas”

AUGUST 2022 251

YUMMY MUMMY

Introducing Coeur et Maman A British brand bringing timeless beauty and meaningful design into family homes

F

ounded by actuary-turned-entrepreneur Kate Legodi, Coeur et Maman is a British lifestyle brand dedicated to helping families create spaces filled with memory, warmth, and quiet sophistication.

Inspired by the charm of English interiors and the wonder of early childhood, the brand offers a thoughtfully curated collection of nursery prints, wallpapers, and decorative mount boards — each designed to become part of the stories families tell for generations.

Coeur et Maman was created with a simple but powerful vision: to offer beautiful, lasting pieces that honour the early years of family life while blending seamlessly into elegant homes. More than decoration, the brand is rooted in the belief that a home should reflect intention, nurture tradition, and celebrate the quiet joy found in everyday moments.

The collection includes: • Art Prints featuring whimsical animals, vintage vehicles, and delicate florals — perfect for nurseries, playrooms, and keepsake gifts • Heritage-Inspired Wallpapers, bringing storybook charm and English country elegance to family spaces • Signature Mount Boards in classic ginghams, florals, and exclusive tartan designs — designed to elevate and personalise any piece

2 5 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

• Personalised Monograms, offering a meaningful way to celebrate births, christenings, and birthdays with heirloom-quality detail Each product reflects the brand’s commitment to quality, longevity, and a deep appreciation for design that tells a story. With its quiet luxury aesthetic and emotional heart, Coeur et Maman is quickly becoming a destination for those looking to create meaningful spaces that feel both lived-in and loved.

About the Founder Kate left a 15-year career in finance to follow her creative calling after the birth of her son.

Drawing on her South African roots and her life in the English countryside, she created Coeur et Maman as a way to reconnect with beauty, identity, and purpose — and now shares that vision with families around the world. coeuretmaman.com

A magical place to grow….stylish sleeping for your little one.

Discover the charm of Scandinavian design with our exquisite collection of eco-friendly Children’s Beds and Nursery Furniture.

Children’s Beds including Bunk Beds, Themed Beds and Treehouse Beds, Mattresses Cots, Cot Beds, Wardrobes, Dressers Assembly Service & Gift Cards Available Sweet Dreams start with the perfect bed in a haven of tranquillity, comfort, and style.

To view our full collection, visit www.jojobeds.co.uk Email: hello@jojobeds.co.uk Tel: 0208 016 4191

Where quality, design, and sustainability come together…

YUMMY MUMMY

ELEVATED DREAMS FOR THE MOST DISCERNING LITTLE SLEEPERS

J

oJoBeds is London’s go-to destination for luxury children’s beds, nursery furniture, and timeless bedroom décor. With a deep-rooted commitment to sustainability, JoJoBeds collaborates with some of the most respected names in children’s furniture, including Oliver Furniture, Mathy By Bols, and the truly exceptional LIFETIME Kidsrooms. Each brand is carefully selected for its high standards in quality, safety, and environmental responsibility—ensuring that every piece is as practical as it is beautiful.

Angie, the founder of JoJoBeds and a mum herself, knows how important it is to create a safe, stylish, and sustainable space for growing families.

“We’re here to give parents peace of mind— knowing their children are resting in well-crafted, responsibly made furniture that’s designed to last.”

From the nursery to the ‘big kid’ transition, JoJoBeds constantly refreshes its collections with new designs from leading manufacturers around Europe. Whether you’re setting up a calming space for a newborn or designing a bedroom full of wonder for an imaginative child, JoJoBeds offers an inspired selection of luxury furniture to bring your vision to life. Their range includes classic junior beds alongside playful creations such

2 5 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

as treehouse beds, teepee tents, themed bunks, and creative sleep stations that turn bedtime into something magical.

Specialising in beautifully made, designer children’s furniture, JoJoBeds showcases a carefully curated selection of handcrafted and bespoke pieces. Every item is chosen for its ability to combine function, safety, and durability—while also fitting effortlessly into modern interiors.

These aren’t just beds—they’re statement pieces that elevate your child’s space while meeting the practical needs of everyday family life.

And to make the entire experience even more seamless, JoJoBeds is proud to offer free professional installation on selected brands— including Oliver Furniture, Mathy By Bols, and LIFETIME Kidsrooms. This exclusive service ensures your new furniture is expertly assembled by a team of trained professionals, so you can skip the stress of unpacking, heavy lifting, and complicated instructions.

The JoJoBeds installation team is efficient, discreet, and detail-focused—ensuring each item is set up with precision and care. For families juggling busy schedules, this free service is a thoughtful touch that makes transforming your child’s room easy and hassle-free. It’s all about helping you create a polished, finished space your little ones can enjoy right away.

Thoughtfully designed with modern families in mind, the JoJoBeds collection includes everything from space-saving bunk beds to convertible cots that grow with your child. There are also daybeds, mid-sleepers, loft beds, and beautifully built desks, dressers, and wardrobes to complete the look.

Their handpicked range of wooden toys adds

Tiny Feet, Big Dreams.

CUSTOMER REVIEW

“Lovely bed. Easy to order and delivered earlier than expected” – Bernie S, Verified Buyer

To explore their full collection, visit jojobeds.co.uk Email: hello@jojobeds.co.uk Tel: 0208 016 4191

another layer of charm—offering heirloom-quality playthings that will be treasured for years.

If you’re preparing for a new arrival or looking to update your child’s current space, the JoJoBeds website is full of inspiration. You’ll find timeless Scandinavian styles, clever storage solutions, and versatile designs that cater to every taste—whether you’re drawn to minimalist neutrals or playful, themed pieces. From essential mattresses to coordinating accessories, JoJoBeds has everything you need to build a space where your child can play, dream, and grow.

At JoJoBeds, the goal is simple: to make the process of choosing and installing children’s furniture easy, inspiring, and entirely stress-free.

With a focus on thoughtful design, exceptional service, and long-lasting quality, JoJoBeds is here to help you create something truly special.

M AY 2 0 2 5 2 5 5

YUMMY MUMMY

How pregnancy diet influences a baby’s taste preferences

N

Research suggests there is a link between what mothers eat and babies’ food preferences later on. By Camilla Foster

ew research indicates that mothers hoping to encourage their toddlers to eat more vegetables should consume these foods during the later stages of

pregnancy.

This follows a study which found that newborns responded positively to the scents of kale or carrot if they had been exposed to them in the womb.

Led by Durham University, the research observed the facial expressions of 32 babies at 32 and 36 weeks, as well as three weeks after birth.

These babies’ mothers had regularly taken either kale or carrot capsules.

Professor Nadja Reissland, an expert in foetal and neonatal research and lead author on this study, said: “Our analysis of the babies’ facial expressions suggests that they appear to react more favourably towards the smell of foods their mothers ate during the last months of pregnancy.

“Potentially this means we could encourage babies to react more positively towards green vegetables, for example, by exposing them to these foods during pregnancy.”

But, when and how do babies taste and sense flavours in the womb?

How do babies sense flavours in the womb?

The main way foetuses experience flavour is

2 5 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

through amniotic fluid.

“In the womb the foetus is based in amniotic fluid,” explains Reissland. “Originating from their mother, it gets into the womb and there in the fluid you find the flavours of what the mother eats.

“In our study we gave mothers around 20 minutes before the scan either a capsule filled with carrot powder or a capsule filled with kale powder, reaching the foetus around 25 minutes later.”

“We could encourage babies to react more positively towards green vegetables, for example, by exposing them to these foods during pregnancy”

YUMMY MUMMY

and also essential building blocks for the growing baby,” explains Southern. “Protein is essential in pregnancy because it’s used for growth and building.

“Pregnant women need to ensure they’re including protein at each meal – nuts, seeds, legumes, eggs, meat, fish, dairy and soya.”

How early on in pregnancy do foetuses develop these senses?

A foetus’ sense of flavour begins to develop quite early in pregnancy.

“We knew that when we recorded them at 32 and 36 weeks by then the ability to sense flavour had definitely been established, because it’s in the first trimester that the taste buds start to develop and function, around 12-14 weeks,” says Reissland.

“This is much earlier than we exposed the foetuses to in our study because we wanted to make sure they would be developed enough to savour it.”

Foetuses are also very sensitive to smell very early on.

“Smell happens very early, and foetuses have a more developed smell sense than adults normally have,” says Reissland. “They can detect subtle differences in smell much more so than adults normally can.”

What type of diet is recommended for pregnant mothers?

“What the mother eats definitely has an impact on how the foetus develops. So, mothers should eat a healthy and varied diet,” advises Reissland. “One way of potentially getting babies to like greens is to give mothers some capsules of that, and it might have an effect on how after birth, babies react to it.

“We only tested on tiny babies so a follow up study would be important with older children.”

Laura Southern, nutritional therapist at London Gynaecology agrees that a balanced varied diet is key, and suggests eating more protein-rich foods.

“Protein-rich foods support blood sugar balance 2 5 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

How do other factors impact food preferences post-birth?

“There are so many influences, including the food culture, like whether they eat together as a family, for example,” says Reissland. “Also, whether the parents themselves have food-related problems plays a role and also how stressed and depressed the mother is.

“If the mother is in a completely stressed state and has to feed the child and the child doesn’t want to eat, it will be very difficult to get that food into the child’s mouth – which might lead to maternal increased stress during meal times and potentially leading to fussy eating.”

How can parents help broaden their baby’s palate?

“By giving them a wide variety of flavours after birth (e.g. through breastmilk when the mother herself eats a varied diet), but what we also found was that starting prenatally might help,” says Reissland. “Additionally, foetuses are learning about the food culture through their mother’s diet, so they are prepared for it after birth.

“This something we did not study, but we would like to look at in a future study.”

“Smell happens very early, and foetuses have a more developed smell sense than adults normally have,” says Reissland. “They can detect subtle differences in smell much more so than adults normally can”

Award winning Soft Play Hire delivered across the UK

www.softplayinabox.co.uk

Book online for home parties, garden parties, hall parties, all parties!

YUMMY MUMMY

PROTECTING YOUNG SKIN:

Preventing Skin Cancer in Children and Adults

By Dr Natalia Bogatcheva MBBS MRCGP, The London General Practice

Dr Natalia Bogatcheva MBBS MRCGP

W

hile skin cancer is more commonly diagnosed in adults, there has been a 150% increase in the diagnosis of childhood skin cancers over the past few decades. Additionally, the habits we establish in childhood, play a crucial role in determining future risk. Studies show that a significant amount of lifetime sun exposure occurs before the age of 18, and even a few severe sunburns in childhood can double the risk of developing melanoma later in life.

Children’s skin is thinner and more sensitive than that of adults, making it more susceptible to UV damage. The two main types of ultraviolet radiation—UVA and UVB—penetrate the skin differently but both contribute to DNA damage, premature ageing, and increased cancer risk over time.

The cancer in young babies and children normally arises from congenital moles, whilst in adolescents there is more of an ‘adult type’ melanoma. Some skin cancers are genetically linked.

At The London General Practice, we strongly advocate for early education and preventative strategies to protect young, vulnerable skin.

KEY PREVENTION STRATEGIES Sun Protection: it is important to know how to read a label of a sunscreen. A broad-spectrum sunscreen means that it should protect from both UVA and UVB harmful rays. SPF (Sun Protection Factor) indicates how long can a person stay in the sun before it starts to burn the skin. The SPF should be 30 or higher), and should be applied at 2 6 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

least 20 minutes before sun exposure. The term ‘waterproof ’ and ‘sweat resistant’ are misleading as none on the sun screens can fully provide that protection, therefore a frequent reapplication is recommended.

Protective Clothing: Encourage children to wear wide-brimmed hats, UV-protective clothing, and sunglasses when outdoors, especially during

“Children’s skin is thinner and more sensitive than that of adults, making it more susceptible to UV damage”

THE DETAILS The London General Practice 114a Harley Street, London W1G 7JL

“Use umbrellas, trees, or pram covers to shield delicate skin from direct sunlight” peak sun hours (11 am–3 pm).

Seek Shade: Make shade a priority, especially for infants and toddlers. Use umbrellas, trees, or pram covers to shield delicate skin from direct sunlight.

Lead by Example: Children are more likely to adopt sun-safe behaviours if they see adults doing the same. Practice what you preach—apply sunscreen together and wear protective clothing as a family.

At The London General Practice, skin checks are an important part of our comprehensive health screenings. We routinely assess skin health, including mole mapping and identifying any concerning lesions, as part of our proactive

Tel: 0207 935 1000

Direct access to a private GP, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

approach to early detection. Parents are encouraged to monitor their child’s skin for any changes, and our team is here to provide expert evaluation and guidance when needed. Early awareness and intervention can make all the difference.

Protecting your child’s skin today helps safeguard their future. Good sun safety habits, developed early, lay the foundation for a lifetime of healthy skin.

Visiting Doctor to your home, hotel or place of work

Private GP services thelondongeneralpractice.com Occupational Health and Corporate Health Services

M AY 2 0 2 5 2 6 1

WHY WE LOVE GOOGLE REVIEWS

A

t Effect Doctors, we place immense value on patient feedback. Every review we receive is more than just a rating; it’s a vital insight into our services. That’s why we encourage every patient to share their experience on Google, and each review is personally read and responded to by one of our directors. This hands-on approach ensures we remain connected to our patients’ needs and continuously refine our services.

Over the past six months, we’ve been delighted to receive over 150 new Google reviews. Remarkably, 92% of these have been 5-star ratings, reflecting our team’s dedication to delivering exceptional care. These reviews aren’t just numbers; they provide a narrative of our patients’ journeys and highlight areas where we excel and where we can improve.

A recurring theme in the feedback is the professionalism and compassion of our staff. Patients frequently mention specific team members. One patient shared, “Hilary was amazing—she came up to 3 times a day, organised everything... was very caring and great to chat to.” Such testimonials underscore the personal connections our team fosters with each patient.

Efficiency and responsiveness are also commonly highlighted.

Many patients appreciate our ability to accommodate last-minute appointments and provide timely results. One review noted, “Super quick, no fuss service. The doctor carefully explained the meaning of the results and gave great recommendations.” This feedback reinforces our commitment to being accessible and responsive to our patients’ needs.

The quality of our treatments and facilities doesn’t go unnoticed either. Patients commend the cleanliness and comfort of our clinic, as well as the effectiveness of treatments like IV drips and blood tests. One reviewer mentioned, “The clinic itself was clean, well-organised, and had a cozy vibe,” while another stated, “I’ve tried other clinics before, but this one really exceeded my expectations.”

Importantly, many patients report tangible health improvements following their treatments. From increased energy levels to reduced reliance on medication, these outcomes are a testament to the efficacy of our services. One patient shared, “I felt much much better within 1-2hrs,” highlighting the immediate benefits some experience.

Our flexible service model, offering treatments at home or in hotels, is another aspect patients value. The convenience of receiving care in a comfortable setting is frequently mentioned.

A satisfied patient noted, “We had full blood tests and IV drips in the comfort of our home, watching a family movie, and having lunch by the fire.”

What we do is important to get right; intravenous drips, aesthetic treatments, weight loss medication and our support for other Doctors patients in delivering IV drugs at home. All of these require a high level of medical expertise and we are always looking for ways to deliver it in kinder and more effective ways.

We view each review as an opportunity to learn and grow.

Feedback informs our training programs, service offerings, and operational procedures. By actively listening to our patients, we ensure that our services evolve to meet their changing needs.

• BLOOD TESTS • IV (INTRAVENOUS) DRIPS • INTRAMUSCULAR BOOSTER SHOTS • WEIGHT LOSS TREATMENTS • FACIAL AESTHETICS • HYPERBARIC OXYGEN THERAPY

Book online at effectdoctors.com Or email us at info@effectdoctors.com Call us now at 0207 305 7608

KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING Since 2017 Effect Doctors have been delivering personalised, proactive healthcare solutions across London. Founded by two Consultant Anaesthetists and supported by a team of highly experienced nurses, Effect Doctors is one of the best known providers of IV (intravenous) therapies in London. Our focus is on delivering innovative and effective treatments for the individual.

Tailored healthcare designed to enhance your vitality and well being.

Book us to come to your home, hotel or workplace, or visit us at our clinic in London’s Soho.

Seven days a week and every evening, we always have appointments available on the day.

CALL US ON +44 207 305 7608 OR INFO@EFFECTDOCTORS.COM

Open 7 days a week and evenings.

At Effect Doctors 11 Greek Street London W1D 4DJ Or your home, hotel or workplace

YUMMY MUMMY

THE FERTILITY CENTRE There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility: • For social reasons • Preparing to transition • Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy • If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts

F

ormerly the Assisted Conception Unit, The Fertility Centre is a longstanding centre of excellence for fertility treatment and care at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital. In 2021 they enlarged the Centre with a new satellite service at West Middlesex University Hospital, extending patient care and convenient access across West London.

The Centre provides a broad and comprehensive range of fertility services to their patients – including IVF, ICSI and IUI – but their areas of particular expertise, include the management of women and couples over the age of 40, premature ovarian ageing or low ovarian reserve, and male or sperm-related infertility issues.

Notwithstanding their expertise in these complex fields, The Fertility Centre continues to perform very well in its success rates. They hold one of the highest clinical pregnancy rates amongst NHS hospitals in the UK (please visit hfea.gov.uk for further information) and welcome NHS-funded patients and those seeking to selffund their care and treatment.

As well as treatment for those trying to conceive now, The Fertility Centre offer services for those who are considering their ability to conceive in the future. Fertility preservation through egg or embryo freezing is becoming increasingly popular and they can provide these services through their dedicated Fertility Preservation programme.

2 6 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

If you are thinking about your fertility health for future years, they also provide a range of fertility assessments - with packages for individuals as well as couples. Alongside tests and assessments, expert clinicians can explain your results and advise you accordingly.

In addition to their clinical expertise and range of treatment options, The Fertility Centre understands the inevitable stress and anxiety of fertility treatment. They are committed to supporting you every step of the way throughout your treatment. This includes sessions with their British Infertility Counselling Association and UK Council for Psychotherapy accredited counsellors.

THE DETAILS The Fertility Centre team is always happy to support you and answer any questions. If you want to learn more or are ready to start your fertility journey, please contact them on 020 3315 8585 or email chelwest.acu@nhs.net. chelwestprivatecare.co.uk/ fertility-centre

AUGUST 2022 265

YUMMY MUMMY

The Kensington Wing

T

he Kensington Wing is the dedicated private maternity unit at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, providing women and birthing people with around-the-clock clinical care, comfortable en-suite private rooms and hospitality services.

Located in the heart of Chelsea and Westminster Hospital – part of one of the UK’s top rated hospital Trusts – your baby’s and your safety and wellbeing are reassuringly supported at all times. The Kensington Wing is immediately located next to the hospital’s outstanding and newly expanded Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) and a consultant anaesthetist remains on site at all times 24/7, dedicated to the needs of our patients.

To ensure the safety of women, birthing people and birth partners, The Kensington Wing has important infection control procedures for staff and visitors to adhere to but remain welcoming to your chosen birth partner for all stages of your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay. Your individual room and en-suite facilities are a haven, and the catering and hospitality team ensures your stay is relaxing as well as safe. On the Kensington Wing the consultant obstetricians, midwives, nurses and maternity support workers provide care as a team and are delighted to offer both consultant-led and midwife-led maternity packages.

THE DETAILS If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk

2 6 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

The Kensington Wing’s highly experienced team of midwives welcome enquiries and the opportunity to discuss midwife-led care in more detail. These ‘meet the midwife’ sessions are always a relaxed and special time to talk and discover more without any obligation. For those women and birthing people who are appropriate for midwife-led care, the team provide full support throughout your pregnancy and the midwifery team are available 24 hours seven days a week for advice or concerns throughout your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay.

The consultant-led care package allows you the choice of one of their experienced consultant obstetricians to personally guide you through your pregnancy and birth. Your consultant provides continuity and individualised expertise throughout your journey. They build a relationship with you and your partner through the antenatal period to give you confidence to birth safely with them in line with your birth preferences. They continue to support you through the postnatal period, including your 6 week postnatal check.

All consultants are available to meet you and your birth partner without any obligation.

The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.

AUGUST 2022 267

YUMMY MUMMY

Legoland® Windsor hosts world’s largest

LEGO FESTIVAL 2025 ®

Until 8 June 2025

I

t’s time for one of the biggest family celebrations of play ever as the LEGOLAND® Windsor Resort reveals the full line-up of its new LEGO® Festival taking place on selected dates up until June 8th.

LEGO Festival has been created to encourage families to play more as recent research shows 76% of parents1 believe that children have less time and space to play, which is crucial for creativity and learning, developing social skills and building confidence.

The Festival takes play to the next level, as guests can build, dance and rock out in LEGO Festival Zones, each with a distinct theme and iconic new LEGO model. Whilst seven new LEGO characters bring an extra dose of excitement and interactive fun, ensuring smiles and memories for everyone.

Gaming Zone: From pixels to bricks, the

2 6 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

AUGUST 2022 269

YUMMY MUMMY

LEGO Fortnite Gaming Zone features a life-size LEGO model of fan favourite, Cuddle Team Leader, built from more than 21,000 bricks which took master model builders more than 75 hours to create. Not only that, for the first time LEGO Fortnite fans can also unleash their inner model builder and create their own extraordinary builds to expand the Lost Isles whilst also meeting the one and only Adventure Peely – the iconic LEGO Fortnite character!

Music Zone: Rock out to the ultimate LEGO Battle of the Bands show. This rocking zone also features an opportunity to get access all areas and meet the band.

Dance Zone: Groove to sweet tunes and show off your best moves as you build the beat at DJ Good Vibes Dance Party.

Creative Zone: Join renowned LEGO Master Model Builder, Alec, virtually as he leads creative LEGO building adventures including the chance to build your own LEGO Minifigure head cookie.

Chill Out Zone: Kick back and relax in a secret LEGO garden full of vibrant flower walls!

Families can chill out together while building LEGO flowers, adding their creations to the evergrowing flower walls. Plus, the littlest guests can build along with Hopsy, the friendliest red little bunny during the LEGO DUPLO® show - perfect for preschoolers.

“Join renowned LEGO Master Model Builder, Alec, virtually as he leads creative LEGO building adventures”

2 7 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS

On their journey through all five play zones, guests are encouraged to make a ‘Play Pact’ at the end of each park visit, inspiring children to build more, laugh louder, explore endlessly and always keep playing.

Ramesh Ganeson, Vice President at LEGOLAND Windsor Resort, said: “It’s time to power up your play and let imaginations run wild by taking part in our first ever LEGO Festival.

We’re so excited to be joining other LEGOLAND Resorts across the world to create this ultimate brick building experience, where thousands of kids and their parents come together to celebrate play. From dancing, rocking and now gaming with LEGO Fortnite we can’t wait to help families create memorable moments together.”

LEGO Festival runs in the lead up to World Play Day on 11 June and also supported by the global rollout of a new TV advert which puts play on the main stage where a little girl discovers the power of her imagination to create an awesome festival experience for her and her parents to build memories together.

LEGO Festival is included with regular admission to the LEGOLAND Windsor Resort with prices starting at £39 per person, kids under 90cm go free.

For more information visit legoland. co.uk/explore/ special-events/lego-festival/ Want more? then extend the fun with three Resort Hotels to choose from and experience the ultimate family staycation where imaginations have no bedtime.

LEGOLAND® Short Breaks Packages can include: • Overnight hotel stay in a LEGOthemed room • 1-day entry to Theme Park • Early Park Access* on a selection of rides including Flight of the Sky Lion • A LEGO Gift for every child • A delicious breakfast in the morning *Evening entertainment • Free parking and Wi-Fi For more details visit legoland.co.uk

SUMMER C AMPS

More than just a kids club…

I

magine a family holiday where you can relax in a stunning resort while your children train alongside Premier League football legends. This summer and October half-term, you have the exclusive opportunity to do just that at the Campioni Soccer Academy, held at three picturesque resorts in Croatia, Maldives and Sardinia!

These aren’t just ordinary holiday destinations; they’re a dream come true for kids who love football and for parents who love luxury!

Children aged 5 to 15 can take part in daily football sessions and be coached by icons such as Harry Redknapp, John Barnes MBE, Matt Le Tissier and Stuart Pearce MBE to name but a few!

Campioni is more than just a kids club, this is an exclusive opportunity for your children to learn from the best in an environment that emphasises sportsmanship. Each day, participants will engage in interactive sessions that promise to be both fun

2 7 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

“Children aged 5 to 15 can take part in daily football sessions and be coached by icons such as Harry Redknapp, John Barnes MBE, Matt Le Tissier and Stuart Pearce MBE to name but a few”

THE DETAILS For more information, visit campioni.co.uk or contact us at info@campioni.co.uk. Call us at +44 (0) 7976 740 860 to reserve your spot today!

UPCOMING CAMP DETAILS: and educational.

While the kids are busy perfecting their footwork, parents can choose to stay pitchside and watch the legends at work, or take the opportunity of two hours of R&R and unwind and indulge in the luxurious amenities that the resorts have to offer.

Kick Off with Excitement!

The week begins with a fun and relaxed family welcome drink, where each child receives their official football kit from a legend! For the adventurous parents, join in on the fun with a midweek parents’ game, sharing the pitch with the pros. And don’t miss the medal and certificate ceremony that wraps up this unique experience!

Dance Your Heart Out! For the October half-term, Campioni are excited to also offer a professional dance camp led by the renowned choreographer to the stars, former Pineapple Studios teacher and current teacher at The Northern Ballet School, Aimée Azari! Perfect for children aged 5 to 15, this is a fantastic opportunity for budding dancers of all abilities to express their creativity and stay active. Daily classes take place in a state-of-the-art air-conditioned studio at Sun Gardens Dubrovnik, culminating in a spectacular performance for proud parents. Aimée has danced with Katy Perry, Tinie Tempah, Geri Halliwell and performed at The Mobo’s, the Brit Awards, Zoo Nation, X Factor and much much more - an incredible opportunity to learn and dance alongside her!

A Legacy of Excellence!

Established in 2016, Campioni isn’t just about football and dance; it’s about championing children and creating lasting family memories in stunning surroundings. Our mission is to offer an experience that transcends the typical holiday club.

As football legend John Barnes MBE puts it: “Coaching at Campioni reminds me of my early days in football. The joy and enthusiasm of these kids is so great to see, I’m honoured to be part of their journey.”

Hayley Smith, Campioni Events Director, comments: “When you watch a coaching session, you see that the Campioni legends and coaches aren’t trading on their names; their passion is evident, and passing their skills & tactics onto the next generation is simply what they love to do.”

Join Us for This Unforgettable Family Holiday Experience!

Chia Laguna Resort, Sardinia: 7th-11th July with Gabriel Agbonlahor & Michael Johnson Sun Gardens Dubrovnik, Croatia: 7th-11th July with Matt Le Tissier & Wes Brown 14th-18th July with Gabriel Agbonlahor & Adrian Whitbread 18th-22nd August with James Collins & Michael Johnson 25th-29th August with Wes Brown & Michael Johnson 27th-31st October with Stuart Pearce MBE & Francis Benali MBE plus dance camp with Choreographer Aimée Azari Kuramathi, Maldives: 28th July-1st August with John Barnes MBE & Adrian Whitbread 4th-8th August with Harry Redknapp & Stuart Pearce MBE It’s time for your child to shine!

Enrol now and create a holiday experience that they will cherish forever!

M AY 2 0 2 5 2 7 3

SUMMER C AMPS

Summer Camps in Bruton A

digital Detox, no phones or electronic devices for a whole week and getting back to basics of having fun, meeting new friends, lots of activities are just a few of the perks of going on a Summer Camp.

Mill on the Brue truly does have the answer when the long Summer holidays start.

Summer Camps are great for getting out into the great outdoors, children will have adventure, excitement, physical activity, build resilience, introduce a range of coping strategies and help them understand manageable risks.

We are a family run centre, open since 1982.

Set in a beautiful valley with 25 acres of woods, river, meadows and fields. There are over 40 activities for all ages.

Mill on the Brue runs 6 weeks of residential courses beginning on Sunday 13th July. We believe in keeping the children busy throughout the day, outdoors whatever the weather, in the fresh air.

Meals are also very important, all homecooked, sustainably sourced, with fruit and vegetables

2 7 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

grown in their kitchen garden.

Each week there are 72 children (8-15 years old); two experienced and fun Instructors look after them all week. Parents are often surprised at the change they see in their child, more independent, more thoughtful and more confident. millonthebrue.co.uk

SUMMER C AMPS

LALIGA Camps UK:

A First-Class Football Experience for Your Child

A

s parents, we’re always looking for ways to give our children the best possible start especially when it comes to something they love. For many kids, that’s football. That’s why the arrival of LALIGA Camps UK is such an exciting opportunity.

LALIGA is home to some of the most skilled players and respected clubs in world football.

Now, their coaching methods, focused on technique, decision-making, and creativity are being brought directly to children here in the UK. These camps don’t just offer training; they offer a chance for children to experience football the way professionals are taught in Spain.

What truly sets LALIGA Camps UK apart is the calibre of its coaching team. Every session is led by UEFA Pro Licence coaches, the highest qualification in European football. These are first-class coaches with deep knowledge and experience, supported by former UK professionals who bring local insight and real-world inspiration to every session.

Even more exciting is the pathway LALIGA Camps can offer. The most talented player may be invited to Spain for exclusive training opportunities. In 2023, one standout participant from the UK was selected to train with Villarreal CF over a seven-day period, an unforgettable experience that shows where this journey can lead.

2 7 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

But it’s not just about football. LALIGA Camps focus on personal growth too, building confidence, teamwork, and resilience in a progressive and supportive setting. Whether your child dreams of going pro or simply loves the game, they’ll come away better, bolder, and inspired.

Find out more at laligafootballcampsuk.com/scholar-london Email: info@laligafootballcampsuk.com Tel: 01323 356688. Address: Bede’s School, Upper Dicker, BN27 3QH

PLAY, CRAFTED WITH PURPOSE Born from a mother’s wish to create meaningful play for her son, Tor’s Story brings timeless wooden toys to life. Founded by Sam, Tor’s mum, this family-run brand draws from Montessori principles to craft beautiful, sustainable toys that spark creativity, curiosity, and joy.

Each piece is lovingly handmade using child-safe finishes and sustainable wood — designed to be treasured for generations. Tor’s Story believes childhood should be filled with wonder, discovery, and the simple magic of imagination.

Discover thoughtful toys that nurture young minds at torsstory.com or follow on instagram @tors.story

From S y d n e y t o t h e wo rld , B e f o re & E ve r Kid s is rev o l u t i o n iz in g c h ild re n ’s f ash io n . E ac h o u tf it, h an d c raft ed and u n iq u e ly d e s ig n ed , in f u se s c o u tu re e le g an c e in to ev er y d a y w e a r. C e l e b ratin g lif e ’s little mo me n ts an d ma k ing ev er y d a y a s p e c ia l oc c asio n w ith u n matc h e d c o mf o rt a nd s ty l e . D is c o v e r a c o lle c tio n w h e re e ve ry p ie c e te lls a st or y, des i g n e d n o t ju s t f o r w e ar, b u t f o r w o n d e r. www. b e f o re e v e r. c o m.au www. i n s t a g r a m . c o m /b e f o re e ve rkid s www. f a c e b o o k . c o m / b e f o re e ve rkid s

FASHION

& BEAUTY – Fashion and beauty news to keep you looking your best – I M A G E : R OYA L A S C OT 2 0 2 5 L O O K B O O K U N V E I L E D

FASHION & BEAUTY

[SHOPPING]

FASHION & BEAUTY A CLOSE SHAVE This luxurious Edwin Jagger shaving set in chrome and orange includes a Gillette® Mach3® razor, pure badger shaving brush and matching chrome plated and orange stand for storage. annabeljames.co.uk

SHOOTING FOR THE TOP

SCOTTISH STYLE

The official name for this collection is Heads or Tails because of all of the flamboyant Game Birds jostling for attention on these exuberant designs. It’s one of the brands most well loved designs, and popular with city dwellers, as those who love pheasant shooting. clarehaggas.com

MAKE YOUR MARK

Discover Sannox, Scotland’s first, premium men’s fragrance collection. Crafted with Scottish ingredients native to the Isle of Arran, and blended with unfiltered, mineral-rich local water. arran.com

A hoodie with purpose. Our Your Path Pullover Hoodie in grey marl is designed for those who are ready to make their mark. Featuring a large “Redefine Your Path” back print and a subtle circular logo on the cuff, this hoodie blends design with everyday comfort. shop.helpforheroes.org.uk

ELEGANT LADY The Margot Dress is the hero dress in our Autumn/Winter collection, an elegant high neck dress with fluid large sleeves made from a beautiful heavy 100% silk satin fabric, featuring our burgundy multi Arlington print. hannahzahran.co.uk 2 8 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

BELTED UP The Baildon Belt showcases traditional English leathercraft and modern versatility. This full-grain leather belt combines exceptional strength with refined looks. beckandwillow.com

FASHION & BEAUTY

ROYAL ASCOT 5

202 LOOKBOOK UNVEILED Under Daniel Fletcher’s creative direction for a second year

A

scot Racecourse proudly presents the highly anticipated 2025 Royal Ascot Lookbook, once again guided by the creative vision of acclaimed British designer Daniel Fletcher. Now in his second year as Creative Director, Fletcher deepens his exploration of occasion dressing, blending contemporary fashion with British heritage and global influences.

Following the resounding success of his debut, Fletcher expands the Lookbook’s vision, celebrating versatility, inclusivity, and innovation while honouring Royal Ascot’s timeless dress codes. This year’s collection of edits showcases a rich interplay of British craftsmanship, international style, and vintage revival, inviting racegoers to embrace their individuality while paying homage to heritage.

2 8 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

The 2025 Royal Ascot Lookbook refines and reimagines key themes, offering sartorial inspiration for every racegoer:

THE ARCHIVE EDIT: A contemporary take on conscious fashion, this edit delves into the rich history of Royal Ascot style. Featuring vintage, rental, and borrowed pieces, it redefines elegance through the lens of bygone eras, proving that heritage and modernity can exist in harmony.

BEST OF BRITISH: A continuation of last year’s homage to British design, this edit showcases the finest homegrown talent, from esteemed heritage brands to dynamic high-street innovators. Playful styling, preppy aesthetics, and eccentric charm set the tone, with a

THE DETAILS Royal Ascot takes place from Tuesday 17th - Saturday 21st June 2025. Tickets available from ascot.com

whimsical British summertime backdrop featuring oversized strawberries, daisies, and orchard fruits.

THE INTERNATIONAL EDIT: Reflecting Royal Ascot’s global appeal, this edit celebrates international designers, with a sleek, minimalist set design allowing the styles to take centre stage. This year also introduces traditional national dress – which is welcomed within the dress codes – including the Scottish national dress of kilt and sporran, adding a fresh cultural dimension to the event’s renowned dress codes.

PRINTS & PATTERNS: A bold and vibrant exploration of pattern and colour, this edit embraces the joyous prints that define Royal Ascot each summer. Stripes, florals, polka dots, statement graphics and appliqué take the spotlight, set against custom-designed backdrops that enhance their dynamic energy.

Beyond these defining edits, the Lookbook spotlights key trends for Spring/Summer 2025, including the revival of polka dots, the emergence of matcha green as a leading pastel hue, and the earthy sophistication of Pantone’s Colour of the Year, Mocca Mousse. Luxurious fabrics – silk, ruffles, and sheer layering – further elevate the season’s aesthetic.

Daniel Fletcher commented: “Returning as Creative Director for a second year, I wanted to push the creative boundaries even further,

balancing heritage with modernity and encouraging racegoers to see occasion dressing as an expression of individuality. The Archive Edit felt like a natural evolution of last year’s sustainability focus, drawing inspiration from Ascot’s storied style while championing vintage and rental pieces. Meanwhile, Best of British is more vibrant than ever, embracing playful pairings and unexpected twists that highlight the depth of UK fashion. I’m eager to see how racegoers make their own mark on Royal Ascot style in 2025.”

Felicity Barnard, CEO, Ascot Racecourse, added: “Royal Ascot is an unparalleled moment in the social and sporting calendar, where tradition and fashion converge and Daniel’s vision for the 2025 Lookbook is a really exciting mix of heritage alongside modern trends. This year’s edits pay homage to everything that Ascot is celebrated for, including the global influences that are shaping contemporary fashion. With a focus on craftsmanship, sustainability, and self-expression, the 2025 Lookbook is designed to inspire racegoers to embrace the art of dressing up while honouring the dress codes that make Royal Ascot so truly special.”

The Royal Ascot Dress Code remains unchanged in 2025. This operates across the Royal Enclosure, Queen Anne Enclosure and Village Enclosure. No dress code applies in the Windsor Enclosure, although a significant majority of guests in that area choose to dress up in the spirit of the occasion.

M AY 2 0 2 5 2 8 5

FASHION & BEAUTY

BRINGING ROYAL FASHION TO THE DIGITAL WORLD

with Historic Royal Palaces and Google Arts & Culture “Visitors can now dive into the intricate details of these remarkable garments through ultra-high-resolution photography and 3D scanning”

Images: © HRP and Google

28 86 6 M MA AY Y 22 00 22 55 2

H

istoric Royal Palaces, the independent charity that looks after six magnificent palaces including Hampton Court Palace and the Tower of London, is proud to announce an exciting new digital collaboration with Google Arts & Culture which will offer a global audience unprecedented access to highlights from the Royal Ceremonial Dress Collection.

Through cutting-edge technology, nearly 200 carefully selected garments will be available to explore online, allowing history and fashion enthusiasts alike to experience centuries of royal style from the comfort of home.

The Royal Ceremonial Dress Collection is a Designated Collection of national

and international importance, comprising of over 10,000 pieces of historic dress and related materials that provide a unique lens into the history of fashion, British ceremonial traditions and life at court. Spanning from the 16th century to the present day, it features garments worn by monarchs and key historical figures, including George III, Queen Victoria and Prince Albert, Princess Margaret, Diana, Princess of Wales, and Queen Elizabeth II. Thanks to this pioneering partnership, visitors can now dive into the intricate details of these remarkable garments through ultra-highresolution photography and 3D scanning. These advanced techniques allow every stitch, bead, and embellishment to be examined in astonishing clarity - offering insights into the craftsmanship, history, and conservation of these delicate treasures.

Matthew Storey, curator at Historic Royal Palaces, said: “Historic Royal Palaces is committed to sharing its remarkable collections and stories with the world, through exhibitions, loans, events, digital platforms and innovative partnerships.

This collaboration with Google Arts & Culture allows us to bring the Royal Ceremonial Dress Collection to a worldwide audience in an entirely new way.

“Historic garments are inherently fragile and can only be displayed for limited periods of time. Remarkable techniques like ultra-high-resolution imaging and 3D scanning and a platform like Google Arts & Culture mean we can share the stories of these wonderful items with people all over the world. It’s very exciting to be able to share the collection we care for with new audiences.”

Discover the collection today by visiting google/royalwardrobe

FASHION & BEAUTY

EUROPE’S BEST KEPT FRAGRANCE SECRET The British Brand That Offers Stunning Dupe Scents At Unbelievable Prices

A

lexandria Fragrances, the niche perfume brand that’s redefining what it means to create a “dupe” Because no, we’re not talking about those cheap knockoffs you regret five minutes after spraying. Alexandria is in a league of its own, offering reimagined masterpieces that often leave customers wondering if they actually prefer the dupe over the original. In fact, poll results on their website often prove that to be the case. So it is a statement quite easily made that they offer the best dupe perfumes on the market.

Not Just Dupes - Masterpieces Reimagined Here’s the thing about Alexandria: calling their fragrances “dupes” almost feels like an injustice.

Sure, they specialize in recreating discontinued classics and cult favourites, but what sets them apart is the artistry involved. These aren’t slapdash imitations - they’re high-quality, long-lasting interpretations that often rival or even outshine the originals.

Alexandria selects only the finest and most revered brands and creations to inspire their perfumes. But they don’t just stop at copying; they elevate. The result? Scents that are at once familiar and delightfully surprising. In fact, more than half of Alexandria’s customers end up preferring their version over the long-lost classics they were originally chasing.

2 8 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

Affordable Luxury For Every Fragrance Lover What truly sets Alexandria apart is a commitment to affordable luxury. In a market where niche perfumes can easily set you back £200 or more, Alexandria’s price points feel almost too good to be true - yet they deliver on every front. Whether you’re after a fresh daytime scent, a sensual evening fragrance, or something uniquely memorable for a special occasion, Alexandria has you covered.

With a packaging just as chic and elegant as you’d hope, these make for a fantastic selection as well. Alexandria understands that luxury isn’t just about scent, for true perfume lovers it’s about the whole experience.

So, the next time you pine for that long-lost signature scent or crave something new and unforgettable, remember the name Alexandria.

Because sometimes, the best secrets are the ones hiding in plain sight. alexandriauk.com

“Whether you’re after a fresh daytime scent, a sensual evening fragrance, or something uniquely memorable for a special occasion, Alexandria has you covered”

FASHION & BEAUTY

David Beckham’s best fashion moments as he turns 50

Here’s a look back at the football star’s most memorable style moments… By Lara Owen

D

avid Beckham’s fashion sense is almost as iconic as his football career. Ever since he stepped out in an all-leather two-piece with his then girlfriend, Victoria, his style has become a unforgettable.

Beckham not only pushed boundaries stylistically, but subverted gender stereotypes through fashion at a time when male footballers were observed through a hyper-masculine lens.

The 1998 World Cup in France is still a moment fans discuss to this day.

“Twenty years ago when I wore that sarong, people were shocked,” Beckham told the Telegraph in 2018. “It was an outrage; ‘why are you wearing that? What were you thinking?’ Today no one bats an eyelid if a guy wears a sarong in the street.”

Beckham has been a trailblazer, influencing how British men dress for almost 30 years.

As the star turns 50, we look back at his most influential fashion moments throughout the years…

2 9 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

2000

Top left: Come 2006, when Beckham opted for waistcoats over blazers

Beckham burst onto the scene in 1996, when on 17 August that year he scored a legendary goal for Manchester United, becoming a household name ahead of the Premier League season.

Just a year later, the star began dating Spice Girls singer Victoria Adams – a fashionista in her own right – and the couple’s styles became iconic.

The pair stepped out on red carpets in all things leather and

Top right: Beckham’s tailoring which now evokes the ‘quiet luxury’ trend of the decade, 2021 Centre: Beckham when he started wearing lighter hues once again in heritage fabrics such as tweed, 2017 Below: Beckham pairing a white T-shirt and jeans with a statement jacket or accessory, 2002

FASHION & BEAUTY

animal print, and in 2000, Beckham memorably wore a sleeveless shirt and a durag to greet the then Prince of Wales at a party for the Princes Trust.

It was once of the first instances that Beckham’s ensemble garnered more attention than Victoria’s, and cemented him as a male fashion icon.

2001-2 Once the 2000s were underway, Beckham leant into the neutral beige and brown tones that were all the rage.

His day-to-day uniform became a white T-shirt and jeans – and his statement accessory tended to be his jacket.

Beanies and baggy puddle jeans became synonymous with the star and his relaxed aesthetic tapped into the men’s streetwear trends of the time.

2003 Following the birth of their second child Romeo in 2002, David and Victoria headed back out onto the red carpets – most memorably in matching white and rhinestone ensembles to the 2003 MTV Movie Awards.

The pair were famed for their couple power dressing – being dubbed the British Britney Spears and Justin Timberlake – following the US singers’ all-denim red carpet looks in 2001.

Off the carpet meanwhile, the Beckhams were still known for their coordination, sporting simple silhouettes such as jeans and blazers so as not to attract attention.

2004 This outfit formula continued into 2004, as Beckham began to wear relaxed jeans, an untucked shirt and a blazer on the red carpet.

But Beckham stepped up the simple ensemble with boho beads – a big trend of the early 2000s, thanks to the likes of Sienna Miller and Kate Moss.

Once Beckham showcased his bohemian necklaces alongside a V-neck white shirt on the red 2 9 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

carpet of a private party at the Royal Albert Hall – a whole host male British celebs started sporting the trend – from Top Gear presenters to young royals.

2005 Come 2005, Beckham went back to wearing some showstopping suits.

From questionable croc print to iridescent suits, in summer of that year Beckham stepped out in a shiny plum suit with a romantic ruffled white shirt, as he and his wife left Claridge’s restaurant in London.

The pair were en route to one of Elton John’s infamous star-studded soirees, and it was this moment that Victoria’s own style stuck out, as

“His day-to-day uniform became a white T-shirt and jeans – and his statement accessory tended to be his jacket”

Top left: Beckham as he now opts for earthy tones and smart silhouettes, 2025 Above: Beckham sported all-black on red carpets, 2014

Meet Sarah:

The Multi-Award Winning Cosmetic Tattooist Behind the Signature Ombré Brows

S

arah is a multi-award-winning, highly experienced, and certified cosmetic tattooist who has established herself as one of the leading eyebrow specialists in the UK. Based in the heart of Altrincham, Cheshire, her clinic is a beacon of beauty excellence, drawing clients from all walks of life, including business owners, beauty influencers, models, TV personalities, and celebrities. Her signature creation—trademark super-natural, fluffy, and subtly defined semi-permanent ombré brows—has become her hallmark and is in high demand among her growing clientele.

With a reputation that speaks for itself, Sarah has received widespread acclaim, featuring in renowned publications. Her clinic, an elegant three-storey space, houses a talented team of artists, including Jordana, Jess, and Olivia, all expertly trained to deliver the sought-after ‘Brows by Sarah’ ombré brows.

To complement her services, she has launched

www.brows-by-sarah.com enquiries@brows-by-sarah.com @brows_by_sarah_

an award-winning range of brow products, including Wow Brow, a 3-in-1 formula that adds colour, definition, and promotes regrowth, along with the Wow Brow Pencil for effortless application. Both product lines are vegan, cruelty-free, and designed to keep brows looking flawless.

In addition to her thriving clinic, Sarah is the founder of Alpha Academy, a fully accredited brow course aimed at beginners eager to master the art of semi-permanent makeup.

She also offers advanced masterclasses for established artists who wish to refine their skills and adopt her signature, natural-looking ombré brow technique.

Expanding to Harley Street The overwhelming demand for her services has led to a six-month waitlist at her Altrincham clinic. To better serve her clients, Sarah is now offering a limited number of appointments at The Hale Clinic on the prestigious Harley Street in London. This new location allows clients in the capital and surrounding areas to experience her renowned ombré brows without the lengthy wait, further extending Sarah’s exceptional artistry and expertise.

Whether in Cheshire or London, Sarah continues to set the standard for semi-permanent brow artistry, empowering her clients to look and feel their best.

“Creating natural, beautiful brows that enhance each client’s unique features has always been my passion.

My signature ombré technique is all about subtlety and precision, giving a flawless, effortless look that lasts.

It’s been incredible to see the demand grow, from Cheshire to London, as more people discover the confidence a perfect brow can bring.”

– Sarah

FASHION & BEAUTY

more comfy following the birth of their fourth child and only daughter, Harper Seven, in 2011.

2013-16

Beckham started wearing black jeans and more leather jackets, 2013

she wore a blue and white printed Roberto Cavalli dress that caused a stir in fashion circles.

2006-7 From 2006-7 Beckham still played into his smartcasual formula day-to-day, incorporating waistcoats and shirts alongside baggy jeans.

While his off-duty outfits were relaxed somewhat scruffy, he stepped up his red carpet looks, as Victoria began to find her minimalist signature style – Beckham followed suit.

2010 The words cool and casual had become synonymous with Beckham’s effortless style, and the football star’s jeans and a white-T became the go-to off-duty ensemble for celebrities across the board.

Pared with some Ray-Ban aviators – the trending sunglasses shape of the 2010s – Beckham became the pinnacle of male style inspiration.

On chillier days, the star sported double breasted jackets and striped scarves, still, of course, in a neutral palette.

2012 In 2012, Beckham’s style became more pared back – literally, in some cases – as the ex-footballer collaborated with H&M on a bodywear collection featuring cotton trunks and tight vests.

To the launch however, Beckham layered up in a cream knitted cardigan and drainpipe jeans.

Beckham’s style had become less flashy and 2 9 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

But upon entering a new decade, Beckham leant back into his rugged sense of style, sporting more leather and less denim and opting for black over his usual lighter hues.

The star also began to wear shorter sleeves again that showed off his tattoos.

It was around this time when the idea of streamlining and forging a capsule wardrobe became popular among mainstream fashion enthusiasts. And for Beckham, sticking to one colour – albeit black – made coming up with outfits that much easier.

2017 In 2017 Beckham started to dabble in a more countryfied aesthetic, sporting heritage tweed, brown suede and forest green on public appearances.

It seems Beckham was channelling the surroundings of his new Cotswolds estate, that he and Victoria bought in 2016 for a reported £12 million.

The family began splitting their time between Chipping Norton and their Holland Park townhouse in London, as Beckham became more interested in farming, hikes and country living.

2021 – TODAY The ‘quiet luxury’ trend kicked off in 2020 and seems to have infiltrated everybody’s wardrobe – and David Beckham’s is no exception.

His smarter looks have started to lean more into traditional tailoring; opting for double breasted suit jackets over more modern sports coats.

Indulging in pocket squares and pinstripes, Beckham’s style now juxtaposes the rugged countenance he became known for, often covering his tattoos with longer sleeves.

Beckham’s smart style coincided with him becoming the face of Hugo Boss in May 2024.

It was a somewhat unsurprising collaboration, as the sports star is no stranger to the world of fashion, having previously collaborated on collections with H&M and Kent & Curwen.

As Beckham enters his 50th year, it seems his iconic style is only improving with age.

“Upon entering a new decade, Beckham leant back into his rugged sense of style, sporting more leather and less denim and opting for black over his usual lighter hues”

David Beckham who went cool and casual to the launch of his H&M bodywear collection, 2012.

BLUE VELVET SHOES

Visit Blue Velvet Shoes at 174 Kings Road, SW3 4UP or call 020 7376 7442 buy online www.bluevelvetshoes.com

FASHION & BEAUTY

DE MOI: Redefining Beauty with Purpose and Impact The Four Pillars of DE MOI guide everything we do: • Redefining Beauty: We reject outdated standards, embracing self-care, self-love, and holistic wellbeing.

• Normalizing Social Impact: Ethical beauty is our new standard. Sustainability and cruelty-free practices are non-negotiable.

• Giving Back: Every DE MOI product supports social initiatives, including scholarships and women’s empowerment programs.

• Conscious Consumption: Choosing DE MOI is a statement about integrity and responsibility, showing that beauty can make a positive impact.

A

t DE MOI, beauty is more than just a flawless look. We believe true beauty goes beyond the surface, rooted in purpose, responsibility, and real impact. In a world where trends constantly change, we’re here to show that beauty can be something much deeper.

For us, beauty is conscious. It’s about making informed, intentional choices; not just for ourselves, but for the world around us. We aim to move away from empty promises and quick fixes, offering solutions that truly work.

Our philosophy centers on Smart Beauty; products that don’t just look good but also deliver results. With a commitment to science-backed, multifunctional formulations, DE MOI provides more than beauty. We tackle real skin concerns with high-performance products that offer longterm solutions.

2 9 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

At the heart of DE MOI is our founder, Demee Koch, who is committed to creating lasting change through beauty. Can you imagine a world where beauty works for everyone, not just a select few?

That’s the world Demee is creating.

She is the author of Becoming Miss Right: A Holistic Guide to Fulfillment and Bold, Brave, and a Little Bit Extra, both reflecting her values of empowerment and self-love.

Demee supports causes such as the UP Cebu Scholarship Program, the Center of Hope for trafficking survivors, and YPAC Bali, an organization for young people with disabilities.

With DE MOI, beauty isn’t just a routine; it’s part of a much larger picture. It’s not about products alone but about creating a shift toward smarter, more ethical choices.

Take part in the shift with us. Visit demoi.ch or follow us on Instagram @demoi.official to learn more.

“With DE MOI, beauty isn’t just a routine; it’s part of a much larger picture. It’s not about products alone but about creating a shift toward smarter, more ethical choices”

Ruth Haldon Jewellery Splendid Murano lamp work glass beads with chunky Freshwater pearls and European crystals. This is just part of the beautiful and wide collection of handcrafted jewellery from County Durham maker Ruth Haldon.

Take a look at her website: ruthhaldon.co.uk

FASHION & BEAUTY

The Best Facelift Options for 2025

L

ooking refreshed and youthful in 2025—and for years to come—is a common goal. A facelift remains one of the most effective procedures to rejuvenate one’s appearance. Understanding the latest trends in facelift surgery is essential to making an informed decision.

What is a Facelift?

A facelift is a surgical procedure to reduce wrinkles, tighten sagging skin, and address other visible signs of aging on the face. It involves tightening the underlying muscles beneath the skin to define the jawline and lift fat deposits around

the cheeks and chin. A facelift can also result in a more contoured and youthful-looking neck. At Kensington Medical, a team of expert cosmetic surgeons offers tailored advice on the most suitable facelift options, considering the patient’s unique facial structure and available downtime.

Types of Facelift Procedures • Mini Facelift: While it provides less dramatic results, the mini facelift is ideal for those seeking a quicker recovery time—typically around one week.

• Mid-Facelift (Cheek Lift): This procedure targets sagging around the cheeks and jowl area, making it suitable for individuals with moderate skin laxity.

• Lower Facelift with Neck Lift: Designed to address sagging in the lower face and neck, this combination procedure improves the appearance of jowls and loose neck skin for a more youthful overall look.

• SMAS Lift, Deep Plane Facelift, and Vertical Restore Facelift: These advanced techniques tighten facial and neck muscles at varying depths.

Each method offers long-lasting results—often up to 10–15 years—especially when complemented by a healthy lifestyle.

For those considering a facelift, the GMC specialist-registered facial plastic surgeons at Kensington Medical are well-equipped to guide patients in selecting the most appropriate procedure.

3 0 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS To learn more or schedule a personalised consultation at their Harley Street or Wimbledon clinic, call 0204 551 4892 or visit kensingtonmedical.co.uk.

FACIAL PLASTIC SURGERY SPECIALISTS

We focus on the face • GMC specialist registered facial plastic surgeons • Decades of facial surgery experience • Best for facelifts, neck lifts, blepharoplasty, rhinoplasty, lip lift, fat transfer • Consultations available in Harley Street and Wimbledon • 5-star hospitals and quality care Kensington Medical specialises in facial plastic surgery. We are committed to providing exceptional patient support and care. We understand that visiting a plastic surgeon and hospital can be a daunting experience and we strive to make you feel as comfortable and as supported as possible.

Our team of experienced GMC specialist registered facial plastic surgeons provide personalised attention in a face-to-face consultation.

F O R M O R E I N F O R M AT I O N :

www.kensingtonmedical.co.uk | email info@kensingtonmedical.co.uk phone 0204 582 2857 | 152 Harley street W1G 7LH

FASHION & BEAUTY

A New Era of Aesthetic Medicine

I

Step inside the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, where personalised care and natural results are the new gold standard.

n a city like London, where beauty trends rise and fall faster than the changing seasons, it’s easy to feel caught in the current. Every billboard, algorithm, and influencer seem to constantly be whispering a new beauty ideal – tauter skin, fuller lips, sharper contours, a brand new face.

But at the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, we believe aesthetic medicine isn’t about chasing ideals or making you look like somebody else. We’re far more invested in that magical moment when our patients see themselves in the mirror and think, “Now that looks like me.”

Our patients don’t come to us to look like celebrities. They come to us because they want to feel more like themselves – either again, or finally for the first time.

Not the tired version they see after months of stress. Not the filtered version they scroll past online. The version that feels in sync. Where the face they see matches the vibrant energy they carry within.

This is the work we do. And it’s deeply personal.

Unlike conventional clinics where you’re often seen for a measly five minutes, upsold treatments you didn’t ask for, and sent on your way – we do things differently. Your first consultation with Dr Yiannis lasts a full hour. That’s right – 60 minutes Face-to-face to be seen, heard, and understood before any decisions are made. In a world where many clinics barely ask your name before reaching for the syringe, we see that time as essential. It’s where trust is built. It’s where your unique story begins to guide your unique treatment plan.

Treatment Offering That Reflect Our Values Every product, every package, every approach has been chosen for its ability to work in harmony with your skin and your story. Here’s a glimpse into how we help patients feel like themselves again.

Anti-Wrinkle Injections We use these not to freeze the face, but to gently relax overactive muscles that might be making you look more tense or tired than you feel.

Dermal Fillers Volume loss is a natural part of aging, but we use dermal fillers with restraint and artistry to restore restoring lost structure or gently refining contours.

3 0 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

Profhilo Unlike traditional injectables, Profhilo is a bio-remodelling treatment that deeply hydrates and improves skin texture from within without changing the shape of your face.

Sunekos Perfect for delicate areas like under the eyes, Sunekos stimulates collagen and elastin to rejuvenate the skin naturally for a refreshed, awake look.

“At the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, we believe aesthetic medicine isn’t about chasing ideals or making you look like somebody else”

Sculptra Often described as a collagen stimulator rather than a filler, Sculptra helps rebuild the skin’s foundation to bring back its youthful radiance.

hearing things like, “You look so well – have you been on holiday?” That’s the sweet spot we aim for: rested, refreshed, confidently radiant – the result of over 20 years of experience.

And so, if what you’ve read here resonates – if you’ve been searching for a place where aesthetics isn’t just transactional, but personalised and prioritised – we’d love to welcome you.

At the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, we’re not interested in making you look like someone else. We’re here to help you look like you. The most vibrant, rested, and unfiltered version of yourself. Because when your reflection catches up with the way you feel inside, there’s a quiet kind of confidence that follows. And that’s the most beautiful result of all. antiwrinkleclinic.co.uk Instagram: @antiwrinkleclinic Tel: 020 3598 7358

Polynucleotides One of the newest and most exciting regenerative treatments in aesthetics, polynucleotides harness the power of DNA fragments to deeply repair and revitalise the skin.

Peels We offer a range of skin resurfacing treatments tailored to your specific skin needs – from dullness and pigmentation to acne and fine lines.

Each of our treatments are offered not as onesize-fits-all solutions, but as tools within a much larger, more thoughtful aesthetics journey. We also offer a range of Signature Packages which combine treatments that work well together to target key areas more holistically – with the added bonus of a discounted price.

With us, your results won’t scream “I’ve had work done.” In fact, many of our patients report

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 0 3

FASHION & BEAUTY

DRMR Clinic:

Redefining Cosmetic Dentistry

O

ne of the most respected names in luxury cosmetic dentistry, Dr Manrina Rhode has spent over 23 years mastering the art of smile design — earning her the nickname Queen of Veneers and a reputation for delivering natural, elegant results.

Named in Dentistry’s Top 50 Most Influential for the last five consecutive years, and recipient of Dentist of the Year, Dr Rhode’s accolades are matched only by her artistry and global reach.

In 2022, she brought her vision to life with DRMR Clinic — a state-of-the-art aesthetic destination in Knightsbridge, London. Every detail, from voice-activated blinds to a gold floorto-ceiling sink designed by Dr Rhode herself, reflects her philosophy: clinical excellence should feel exceptional.

Known for her handcrafted porcelain veneers, Dr Rhode has personally placed over 14,000 veneers, working with her master ceramist of more than 20 years to create contact lens-thin veneers, layered with up to 30 shades for lifelike translucency. Unlike the overly aggressive “Turkey teeth” trend, her method preserves natural tooth structure and delivers healthy, long-lasting results.

3 0 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

These are smiles that don’t look “done” — they just look right.

The result? Smiles that feel like they were always meant to be yours.

Patients fly in from across the globe to see Dr Rhode, trusting her not just for her skill, but for her warmth, integrity, and tailored approach. Each smile is as individual as the face it sits in.

DRMR Clinic won Best New Practice in 2024 at the prestigious Private Dentistry Awards, and features state-of-the-art technology. Dr Rhode remains at the forefront of cosmetic dentistry through global innovation and continuous learning.

As well as Cosmetic Dentistry DRMR also offers general health dentistry, advanced dental hygiene, facial aesthetics, professional whitening, a proprietary skincare line, and a mentoring academy for dentists looking to elevate their craft.

If you’re ready to invest in a smile that enhances your confidence and stands the test of time, there is no better place to begin than DRMR Clinic.

251 Brompton Road, South Kensington, London SW3 2EP bookings@drmr.co.uk. drmrlondon.co.uk.

07770 117000

FASHION & BEAUTY

Jumeirah Carlton Tower

Introduces Swissline Exclusively in The UK at Talise Spa at The Peak Jumeirah Carlton Tower, is delighted to announce an exciting, new partnership with Swissline, one of Switzerland’s most prestigious skincare brands, to offer guests a transformative skincare experience at Talise Spa at The Peak. Launching 10th May, the high-performance, thoughtfully crafted Swissline face and body treatments – along with a curated selection of resultsdriven retail products - will be available in the heart of Knightsbridge.

3 0 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

GUESTS CAN CHOOSE FROM EIGHT SWISSLINE TREATMENTS AT JUMEIRAH CARLTON TOWER, INCLUDING: • Sublime Youth Infusion: Exclusive Skin Renewal Only available at a few carefully selected locations, this complete bio-endogenous, de-aging protocol is charged with precious plant stem cells to promote DNA repair, positively affecting the expression of the skin’s own sirtuins for a prolonged youthful effect while simultaneously enhancing repair mechanisms.

• Le Grand Soin au Collagène Pur: Premium Rejuvenation This comprehensive skin transforming treatment harnesses highly acclaimed ingredients and technologies comparable to non-invasive aesthetic procedures. It features the application of a 92% pure collagen mask.

• Swiss Lifting: Firming An intensive treatment for face, neck, and chest that produces a rejuvenating effect.

• Swiss Bright: Brightening + Global De-Aging – 75 minutes Addressing an uneven complexion and dark spots, this treatment helps achieve glowing, youthful skin.

• Pro-Recovery Treatment: Repairing A global debut - The “go-to” treatment whenever skin feels aggravated or challenged. Perfect before or after any aesthetic procedures.

• Swiss Eye Specialist: Refresh + Renew +

Rejuvenate Carefully designed to rejuvenate the delicate skin around the eyes, this treatment focuses on reducing puffiness, softening fine lines, and brightening tired eyes.

• Décolleté & Bust Beautifier: Restoring + Firming A targeted treatment for the neck and chest with specific massage movements that work on posture, tonicity, and drainage.

• Swiss Silhouette: Shaping + Draining A combination of drainage movements and Maderotherapy for an instant sensation of lightness.

Available exclusively at Talise Spa at The Peak, Jumeirah Carlton Tower from 10th May 2025 with prices starting from £200. For more information, visit jumeirah.com/en/stay/ london/the-carlton-tower-jumeirah

FASHION & BEAUTY

IMEAN BEAUTY I

n the bustling world of skincare, IMEAN stands out by embracing authenticity and simplicity.

Founded by Sarah Choi, who brings 27 years of dedicated experience, IMEAN is committed to delivering high-performance, clean beauty solutions. At the heart of our formulations is the Pisum Sativum Peptide, a natural collagen booster sourced from Germany, renowned for its efficacy.

Let’s Meet the Woman Behind IMEAN, Sarah Choi.

What inspired the name IMEAN? “With a heartfelt dedication and 27 years of experience, I carefully verified every ingredient to meet the highest standard of clean beauty.

IMEAN was born from my dream of creating fundamental skincare for the US, Korea, and Europe. I really MEAN it.”

What was the biggest challenge launching a skincare line rooted in clean science?

“There are so many skincare products out there— it’s overwhelming. I wanted to create a line that was clean, clinically proven, and made with honest, high-quality ingredients. The hardest part was combining clean formulation, performance, and transparency. That’s why IMEAN is built on values of authenticity, simplicity, high performance, efficacy and longevity.”

3 0 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

How do you define beauty personally?

“Beauty is loving yourself. It’s your authenticity.

Your self-confidence. Inner beauty matters more than anything else. We have to keep reminding ourselves that we are worthy, truthful and powerful.”

What does it take to design skincare with meaning?

“For IMEAN, it started with a passport. From Munich’s precision to Korea’s innovation labs, every our formulas is built on global intention— clean ingredients sourced with purpose and designed to work. Our mission was clear from the beginning: to create formulas rooted in science, guided by culture, and curated with care.

That journey led us across continents, through laboratories and marketplaces, across philosophies and generations. In Munich, we stepped inside a culture where skincare is less about trends and more about trust.

In Paris, we observed the sophistication of skincare. Simple and selective. This informed how we approach every product: clean, minimal, essential. No extras. No noise. Finally, in Korea, where innovation moves fast and traditions run deep, IMEAN reconnected with a philosophy of skincare that feels both high-tech and deeply human. It reminded us that skincare can be intelligent and emotional — a way to protect what we inherit, and evolve it.”

Let’s dream together!

Visit imeanbeauty.com IG: @imeanbeauty

Experience the art of refined skincare at Marylebone Skin, the go-to destination for Londoners seeking elegance, expertise, and exceptional results. At the heart of the clinic is the acclaimed Dr. Catharine Denning, one of the UK’s leading aesthetic doctors, known for her natural, bespoke approach to tweakments and facial rejuvenation.

Supporting her is Elise, the clinic’s Senior Skin Therapist, celebrated for her holistic, scienceled skincare. With expert technique and a deep understanding of skin health, Elise delivers glowing, long-lasting results tailored to every complexion.

Located in the heart of Marylebone, the clinic offers a discreet, calming space where clinical excellence meets luxury care. From advanced injectables to transformative facials and personalised skin treatments, Marylebone Skin combines innovation with a warm, personal touch.

Visit maryleboneskin.com to book your consultation and discover why this hidden gem is one of London’s best-kept beauty secrets.

www.maryleboneskin.co.uk

FASHION & BEAUTY

LOOK GOOD, FEEL BETTER THIS SUMMER

With Michael Gaunt’s Expert Vein Care

A

s the warm weather beckons many of us are thinking about feeling confident in the sunshine—and staying healthy while doing so. While we focus on eating well, staying active, and protecting our skin, one crucial aspect of our wellbeing often goes unnoticed: our legs.

Do your legs feel heavy or ache at the end of the day? Do you suffer from night-time leg cramps, or have you noticed raised, bulging veins or thread veins appearing just beneath the skin’s surface?

These are not just cosmetic concerns—they can be early signs of vein valve malfunction and varicose veins, a condition that can silently worsen over time and eventually affect your lifestyle.

Unfortunately, varicose veins can’t be prevented.

What may begin as a minor cosmetic issue can lead to more serious complications like leg swelling, skin discolouration, and even infected leg ulcers if left untreated. That’s why early diagnosis and expert care are so important.

This summer, leading vascular surgeon Mr. Michael Gaunt is encouraging people to take charge of their health and wellbeing.

With over 30 years of experience, Michael specialises in minimally invasive, walk in and walk out, treatments. His award-winning clinics in London and Cambridge offer state-of-the-art procedures including Endovenous Laser Ablation (EVLA), ClariVein (MOCA), Ultrasound Foam 3 1 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

Sclerotherapy (UGFS), and saline micro-injection sclerotherapy—all tailored to your unique needs.

Can I fly with varicose veins?

Hours of sitting, coupled with dehydration and changes in altitude, can exacerbate vascular issues.

Prolonged inactivity can increase the risks of developing blood clots and deep vein thrombosis (DVT).

“If you have varicose veins or any other risk factors, I recommend a thorough venous assessment before a long flight or coach trip”Michael Gaunt Each consultation includes a full review of your medical history and a Duplex ultrasound scan to precisely diagnose the condition of your veins. From there, Michael will personally explain your options and guide you through your bespoke treatment plan with the utmost care and clarity.

So, if you’re ready to feel more confident in shorts or swimwear—and, more importantly, improve your overall wellbeing—don’t ignore the signs. Summer is the perfect time to take that first step.

Book your consultation today at one of Mr.Michael Gaunt’s private clinics and start your journey to healthier, happier legs.

Michaelgaunt.com. 01223 305858 Harley Street, London | Spire Lea Cambridge Nuffield Health Cambridge

“With over 30 years of experience, Michael specialises in minimally invasive, walk in and walk out, treatment”

50 U % se off co yo d e ur G fir ET st 50 fo fo rm r ul a.

In a marketplace crowded with over-thecounter skincare products, Monderma stands apart. Their UK-based brand offers up to 300 personalised, high-performance formulations tailored to your specific needs, starting at just £23.99.

Combining micronised active ingredients with cutting-edge technology, Monderma aims to deliver visible, lasting results in just a few weeks. Their approach targets the most common skin concerns, from acne and rosacea-prone skin to pigmentation and age renewal—going far beyond the typical nightly routine.

For those who value efficacy and demand more from their skincare, Monderma offers a truly transformative experience.

Visit monderma.co.uk and @monderma on IG to upgrade your skincare today.

HEALTH &

FITNESS – Everything you need to keep fit, healthy, and happy – I M A G E : T H E K E N S I N G TO N W I N G

H EALTH & FITNESS

Get a spring in your step at

Mind Body Spirit Festival 2025 London Olympia - 23-26 May 2025

M

ind Body Spirit Festival returns for FOUR whole days in celebration of spirituality and wellbeing. Expect an unforgettable experience, including the opportunity to not only participate in spiritual practices and modalities but leave this year’s show with a new skill at their new MBS Academy.

Festival favourites, the Wellbeing Market will feature an eclectic and colourful collection of over 175 ‘not on the high street’ brands, offering beautiful gifts including crystals, organic beauty products and clothing, yoga supplies, holistic medicines, essential oils and much more.

2025’s line-up boasts seven stages and a packed schedule of workshops, sound baths, breathwork sessions, laughter yoga and ceremonies, and over 111 free sessions designed to inspire, empower, and educate.

Sessions and workshops will be led by some of the most influential voices in the MBS space, with stand-out speakers such as Robert Holden, Kyle Gray, Dr Gemma Newman, S.B. Keshava Swami, Sonia Choquette, Michelle Elman, Beáta Alföldi, Estelle Bingham, TJ Higgs, Karen Kay, Nicky Alan, Tamu Thomas, George Lizos and Maggie Colette, and many more.

3 1 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE: NEW MBS Academy: Designed for seekers, healers, and changemakers, their upskilling courses in Reiki Level 1, Kinesiology, Breathwork, and Sound Healing will empower you to deepen your practice and turn passion into purpose.

MAIN STAGE: Will feature artistic performances, musical acts, interactive demonstrations, and thought-provoking talks.

WELLBEING STUDIO in partnership with Triyoga: Attendees can take part in taster sessions and workshops covering different yoga styles.

Sessions cater to all levels, from beginners to experienced practitioners.

CRYSTAL CLEAR PSYCHICS: Engage with one of the UK’s most trusted psychic circles for readings and insights across all life areas.

ALCHEMY OF SOUND: Hosted by renowned sound healer Anne Malone, this sanctuary will provide meditation sessions and immersive sound experiences.

CEREMONY SPACE: This space will host intimate experiences centred on themes such as fairy rituals, kundalini activations, body confidence ceremonies, cacao rituals, astrology, and tantra.

MIDLIFE WISDOM STAGE: Addressing women’s holistic health and offering advice on menopause, gut health, nutrition, fatigue, and navigating life after 50.

THE DETAILS Visit the London Mind Body Spirit Festival for an unforgettable weekend of exploration, connection, and profound personal growth.

For more information, visit mindbodyspiritfestival.co.uk Social Media: Facebook @mindbodyspiritfestival Instagram @mbswellbeing Tiktok @mbswellbeing

Bodisync: Align Within. Heal Beyond I

n a world that rarely slows down, Bodisync offers something we all crave realignment, restoration, and reconnection. More than just a wellness practice, Bodisync is a holistic healing experience designed to bring your body, mind, and spirit back into harmony.

What Is Bodisync ?

At its core, Bodisync is an integrative holistic therapy that blends physical touch, emotional and spiritual alignment, acupuncture and intuitive healing techniques to reset the body’s natural rhythm. It draws from ancient traditions and modern modalities creating a deeply personalized journey of physical and emotional recalibration something we have been providing for over 20 years.

Every session is unique, tuned to your body’s needs and your spirit’s voice. Whether its tension stored in muscles, energy blockages, or emotional weight, Bodisync works gently and powerfully to release what no longer serves you.

What Does It Provide?

• Energetic Alignment: Clears stagnant or misaligned energy, restoring flow and vitality.

• Emotional Relief: Helps release trapped emotions and calms the nervous system.

• Mind-Body Connection: Deepens awareness and interaction of how your emotional and physical states interact.

• Personal Empowerment: Guides you back to your inner wisdom and balance.

• Sacred Space: Every session offers a tranquil, nurturing environment where healing feels safe and natural.

Our unique healing is suitable for all ages from babies to children and the elderly.

The Benefits of Bodisync’s Holistic Therapy Our health partners often report feeling lighter, more grounded, and spiritually refreshed after just one session. Over time, our holistic therapy can: • Reduce anxiety, stress, and physical tension • Improve sleep and emotional resilience • Enhance clarity and intuitive awareness • Support the body’s natural healing processes • Foster a deepened connection to self A New Path to Wellness In a culture focused on treating symptoms, Bodisync invites you to tune in rather than numb out. It’s a return to wholeness, where healing isn’t rushed it’s honored.

Whether you’re new to holistic healing or seeking something beyond traditional therapies, Bodisync offers a gentle but transformative step toward inner alignment.

THE DETAILS For more information email info@bodisync.com, call on 0800 2343535, visit bodisync.com, follow us on socials @bodisync.

Use code BODI20 for an exclusive 20% discount across our range of therapies and consultation.

Clinics in Slough Berkshire and Portman Square London (once per month).

READER OFFER: SAVE

20%

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 1 5

WHY WE LOVE GOOGLE REVIEWS

A

t Effect Doctors, we place immense value on patient feedback. Every review we receive is more than just a rating; it’s a vital insight into our services. That’s why we encourage every patient to share their experience on Google, and each review is personally read and responded to by one of our directors. This hands-on approach ensures we remain connected to our patients’ needs and continuously refine our services.

Over the past six months, we’ve been delighted to receive over 150 new Google reviews. Remarkably, 92% of these have been 5-star ratings, reflecting our team’s dedication to delivering exceptional care. These reviews aren’t just numbers; they provide a narrative of our patients’ journeys and highlight areas where we excel and where we can improve.

A recurring theme in the feedback is the professionalism and compassion of our staff. Patients frequently mention specific team members. One patient shared, “Hilary was amazing—she came up to 3 times a day, organised everything... was very caring and great to chat to.” Such testimonials underscore the personal connections our team fosters with each patient.

Efficiency and responsiveness are also commonly highlighted.

Many patients appreciate our ability to accommodate last-minute appointments and provide timely results. One review noted, “Super quick, no fuss service. The doctor carefully explained the meaning of the results and gave great recommendations.” This feedback reinforces our commitment to being accessible and responsive to our patients’ needs.

The quality of our treatments and facilities doesn’t go unnoticed either. Patients commend the cleanliness and comfort of our clinic, as well as the effectiveness of treatments like IV drips and blood tests. One reviewer mentioned, “The clinic itself was clean, well-organised, and had a cozy vibe,” while another stated, “I’ve tried other clinics before, but this one really exceeded my expectations.”

Importantly, many patients report tangible health improvements following their treatments. From increased energy levels to reduced reliance on medication, these outcomes are a testament to the efficacy of our services. One patient shared, “I felt much much better within 1-2hrs,” highlighting the immediate benefits some experience.

Our flexible service model, offering treatments at home or in hotels, is another aspect patients value. The convenience of receiving care in a comfortable setting is frequently mentioned.

A satisfied patient noted, “We had full blood tests and IV drips in the comfort of our home, watching a family movie, and having lunch by the fire.”

What we do is important to get right; intravenous drips, aesthetic treatments, weight loss medication and our support for other Doctors patients in delivering IV drugs at home. All of these require a high level of medical expertise and we are always looking for ways to deliver it in kinder and more effective ways.

We view each review as an opportunity to learn and grow.

Feedback informs our training programs, service offerings, and operational procedures. By actively listening to our patients, we ensure that our services evolve to meet their changing needs.

• BLOOD TESTS • IV (INTRAVENOUS) DRIPS • INTRAMUSCULAR BOOSTER SHOTS • WEIGHT LOSS TREATMENTS • FACIAL AESTHETICS • HYPERBARIC OXYGEN THERAPY

Book online at effectdoctors.com Or email us at info@effectdoctors.com Call us now at 0207 305 7608

KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING Since 2017 Effect Doctors have been delivering personalised, proactive healthcare solutions across London. Founded by two Consultant Anaesthetists and supported by a team of highly experienced nurses, Effect Doctors is one of the best known providers of IV (intravenous) therapies in London. Our focus is on delivering innovative and effective treatments for the individual.

Tailored healthcare designed to enhance your vitality and well being.

Book us to come to your home, hotel or workplace, or visit us at our clinic in London’s Soho.

Seven days a week and every evening, we always have appointments available on the day.

CALL US ON +44 207 305 7608 OR INFO@EFFECTDOCTORS.COM

Open 7 days a week and evenings.

At Effect Doctors 11 Greek Street London W1D 4DJ Or your home, hotel or workplace

H EALTH & FITNESS

WHY CHOOSING A QUALIFIED AESTHETIC CLINIC MATTERS

M

any viewers will have seen the recent ITN News report about a woman who suffered a serious complication following an aesthetic filler procedure. The injection site became necrotic - a condition where tissue dies due to a lack of blood flow - leaving her with pain, disfigurement, and inadequate support from the clinic that had treated her. Distressingly, the clinic was not staffed by appropriately qualified professionals and was ill-equipped to manage the emergency.

Thankfully, on the advice of her GP, she was referred to Effect Doctors who played a part in her recovery plan. Through a course of hyperbaric oxygen therapy—where a patient breathes 100% oxygen in a pressurised chamber—they were able to support her recovery. This treatment accelerates wound healing, improves oxygen supply to damaged tissue, and in this case, played a crucial role in restoring her skin health. Effect Doctors

3 1 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

were very pleased to help, and she continues to recover well.

This incident highlights a vital point: aesthetic medicine is not just about beauty - it is healthcare.

Complications, though rare, can be serious. That’s why it is essential to choose a clinic with properly trained medical professionals, experience in managing complications, and access to advanced medical treatments when needed.

Effect Doctors is led by experienced NHStrained consultant level doctors, registered with the Care Quality Commission (CQC), and guided by strict clinical protocols. Every treatment is carried out by fully qualified practitioners with the knowledge and tools to act swiftly and safely in the event of a complication.

Effect Doctors encourage anyone considering injectable aesthetic treatments - such as fillers or botulinum toxin - to do some basic checks before booking. Look for clinics that are CQCregistered. Visit the clinic’s website and read the “About Us” page to understand who you are trusting with your care. You should see credentials, medical qualifications, and evidence of regulatory oversight.

Your health and safety should never be compromised. When it comes to aesthetic medicine, choose expertise you can trust. At Effect Doctors, they are there to deliver that - safely, professionally, and with genuine care. effectdoctors.com

“Effect Doctors is led by experienced NHStrained consultant level doctors, registered with the Care Quality Commission (CQC), and guided by strict clinical protocols. Every treatment is carried out by fully qualified practitioners with the knowledge and tools to act swiftly and safely in the event of a complication”

H EALTH & FITNESS

WA L K T H I S WAY Regular walks can be a game-changer when it comes to promoting longevity, independence, and overall happiness. By Camilla Foster

W

hether it’s a short stroll around town or a brisk walk in the park, walking has the power to transform the lives of older adults in ways that go far beyond fitness. This low-impact exercise delivers numerous benefits, from improving physical health to boosting wellbeing.

How to get started: “Start slowly and with short walks, and build up the time and distance gradually,” advises Louise Robbins, strategic lead for walking at GM Moving and GM Walking Festival.

“It’s okay if that’s only a short walk for five minutes – getting outside and getting the legs moving will improve your mood.”

You can also make it a social activity by asking a friend, relative or neighbour to join you.

“Arranging to meet someone else as a walking buddy will help with motivation, accountability, and to establish a routine,” says Robbins.

“It’s more fun and walking with someone else can help with building confidence too.”

Here are the top six benefits of walking for seniors, which reveal how this simple activity can enhance everything from heart health to mood.

Improves cardiovascular health A regular walk can do wonders for your heart.

“It helps lower blood pressure, improves circulation, and reduces cholesterol levels,” says Dr Chun Tang, GP at Pall Mall Medical. “Plus, it strengthens your heart muscle, making it easier to do everyday activities without feeling out of breath.”

Muscle strength “Walking directly stimulates your lower body muscles, including quadriceps, hamstrings, calves and glutes,” says Michael Betts, personal trainer and director of TRAINFITNESS. “This regular muscular engagement helps maintain strength and mobility in these key muscle groups, which play a critical role in preserving independence as you age. “Your core muscles are also working during walking to maintain posture and balance, so it’s a full-body workout beyond just leg strength.” Walking also helps counteract agerelated muscle loss (sarcopenia). “This natural form of resistance training creates enough stimulus to maintain and even rebuild muscle tissue when done consistently,” explains Betts.

Helps manage and prevent chronic conditions such as diabetes “Walking helps regulate blood sugar and improves how your body uses insulin, which is important with diabetes,” says Tang.

3 2 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

Helps strengthen bone and joint health “As we get older, some of us are at more risk of osteoporosis, a condition which makes bones weak and more likely to break,” says Dr Nasrin Razzaq, GP with an extended role in geriatric medicine at Mollison Way Surgery, part of GP Pathfinder Clinics. “Walking helps by strengthening bones as it’s a weight-bearing exercise, meaning your bones support your weight, which encourages bone growth. “Regular walking also reduces the natural decline in bone strength.”

Helps prevent falls “Stronger bones mean a lower chance of fractures following a fall, especially in the hips, spine and wrist,” highlights Razzaq. “Walking improves movement and balance by keeping joints flexible and improving balance and coordination. “Walking helps prevent stiffness, making movement easier and strengthens the muscles that keep you steady.”

Boosts mood “Walking releases endorphins and serotonin in your brain which are natural mood-lifters that reduce anxiety and depression,” says Betts.

“Many older adults experience greater mental clarity during and after walking. “The sense of accomplishment from maintaining a walking routine boosts your self esteem and confidence, particularly important as you age and may face other physical limitations.”

AWARD-WINNING ORTHODONTIST

DR EMMA LAING

Creating beautiful bespoke smiles in Harley Street

TREATMENTS INCLUDE… • Orthodontic treatments to straighten the teeth include Invisalign, fixed braces (on the inside and in clear or metal).

• Appliances for sleep apnoea and snoring are increasingly popular for improved quality of sleep.

I work with leading Respiratory Consultants where needed to help with sleep disorders.

“My professional aim is to go to every effort to give you an entirely personalised service, with the right braces for you, a realistic plan tailored to your needs, and a stunning result at the end” – Emma Laing

Q&A What is the aim of orthodontic (brace) treatment?

The aim of orthodontic treatment is to straighten teeth and correct the bite between the top and bottom teeth to give a great cosmetic and functional outcome.

Is orthodontic treatment suitable for everyone?

Orthodontic treatment can be undertaken at any age.

There are some contraindications to orthodontic treatment; for more specific enquiries please arrange an initial consultation.

Is it painful?

Orthodontic treatment moves the teeth gradually with light forces to avoid damaging the teeth; it follows that there can be mild discomfort over the first few weeks of braces and after adjustment appointments, but on the whole is minimal.

This does vary with the type of brace chosen and is fully discussed at your initial consultation.

Planning for that perfect smile is where it pays to see an experienced Specialist. With over 8 years of training and 16 years working as a Specialist in Harley Street, I can advise on planning your treatment in a bespoke and appropriate way for you. I treat a huge mix of adults and children, local and international patients, and celebrities.

Dr Emma Laing BDS MSc MFDSRCS(Eng) MOrthRCS(Eng) Specialist in Orthodontics www.emmalaing.com 107 Harley Street, London W1G 6AL Instagram: @dremmalaing

X: @dremmalaing Facebook: @drEmmaOrthodontist

H EALTH & FITNESS

A Calmer Gut. Clearer Mind.

More Resilient You Discover what could be really driving your symptoms and how to reverse them.

2. Toxicity overload - Heavy metals, mould exposure, EMFs, and everyday chemicals in your food, water, and air.

3. Structural imbalances - Dental health, spinal misalignment, and chronic tension affecting your nervous system.

4. Psycho-emotional trauma - Unresolved emotional conflicts, stress, and trauma stored ‘in’ the body.

By addressing all four, we create a personalised plan that helps your body recover its natural rhythm and resilience. Whether you’re dealing with gut issues, fatigue, autoimmunity, or stress-related illness, we don’t just manage symptoms. We help you to restore lasting balance.

A New Era of Integrative Medicine If you’ve been told “everything looks normal” but still don’t feel well, we can help to uncover the hidden imbalances behind fatigue, gut issues, hormone problems, and more, so you can finally heal. Located in London’s renowned Harley Street, and available online, The Forbes Clinic offers a science-backed, root-cause approach to chronic illness. By combining advanced diagnostics with emotional and physical therapies, we treat the whole person, not just symptoms.

Why Integrative Medicine Works Conventional care is designed to diagnose disease, but it doesn’t always explain why you got sick in the first place. Subtle disruptions in your body’s systems can go unnoticed for years before symptoms appear.

At The Forbes Clinic, we take a broader view, looking at four key factors that influence longterm wellbeing: 1. Nutrient deficiencies - Either from a poor diet OR because your gut isn’t absorbing nutrients properly.

3 2 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

What We Support Many patients come to us after exploring standard options, still feeling unwell, but without clear answers. We work with patients of all ages, from infants to adults, helping to uncover and support the imbalances that may be contributing to your symptoms.

If you’re recovering from burnout, managing a chronic condition, or simply looking to optimise your long-term health— we offer integrative support that works alongside your existing medical care.

Common concerns we support include: • Gut & Immune Health (IBS, IBD, SIBO, MCAS, mould exposure) • Hormonal Balance (thyroid, menopause, PCOS, blood sugar) • Autoimmune & Skin Conditions (RA, lupus, eczema, psoriasis) • Detoxification (heavy metals, long COVID, postmedical treatment) • Emotional & Nervous System Healing (anxiety, trauma, burnout) • Paediatrics (eczema, immune support, behavioural challenges) • How We Heal Functional Medicine The foundation of our approach. Most chronic conditions, from fatigue to skin issues, are rooted in the gut. It produces over 30 hormones, hosts 70% of the immune system, and contains 99% of your microbes. If the gut isn’t working, everything else can struggle.

Using advanced testing, we detect nutrient deficiencies, toxins, inflammation, and bacterial or parasite overgrowth, then create a personalised plan to restore balance from the inside out.

Pain Relief Devices For physical pain or structural imbalances, we use Electrotherapy devices that help the body to reset its healing response.

When injuries linger, the nervous system can forget how to switch off pain. SCENAR and Physiokey mimic the body’s own self-repair signals, stimulating endorphins and neuropeptides without drug dependence or tolerance.

Alpha-Stim, on the other hand, calms the brain.

Used by the U.S. military for anxiety, PTSD, and insomnia, it shifts the body from “fight or flight” into “rest and repair” by increasing alpha brainwaves.

Energy Medicine There’s more than one way to signal the body to heal. Beyond Electrotherapy, energy medicine uses subtle frequencies, through plants, Bioresonance, or Acupuncture, to gently guide the body back to balance.

These therapies are often overlooked in the West, but widely used elsewhere with impressive results. In Switzerland, a government-backed review found 91% of clinical studies favoured homeopathy, leading to its official recognition and insurance coverage.

Modern imaging also confirms what ancient systems long claimed: acupuncture points align with nerve-dense fascia, forming electrical pathways once known as meridians.

At The Forbes Clinic, we use: • Scenar and Alphastim devices to stimulate our rest and repair pathways • Homeopathy, to support with allergies and respiratory infections • Qest4 bioresonance, to identify energetic stressors via a simple hair sample • Micro-immunotherapy, to calm autoimmunity and post-viral inflammation • Chinese Medicine, to restore balance across digestion, hormones, and mood Each offers a precise, non-invasive way to help the body remember how to heal.

Healing ‘Stored’ Trauma Did you know 61% of people with IBS also have a history of childhood trauma? No amount of gut healing will work if the body is stuck in survival mode.

That’s why our practitioners take time to build a deep relationship with our patients, so that they feel listened to, can comply with treatment better and our team feels connected to their purpose.

Once trust is built, we use a variety of therapies: • German New Medicine reveals how trauma may be stored in the body • Felt Sense Polyvagal Therapy helps you to feel where it lives in the nervous system • EFT tapping provides rapid emotional relief through touch • ACT therapy supports long-term change by helping you to face pain, not avoid it • Hypnotherapy works at the subconscious level to shift habits and release fear Sometimes, the most healing thing is simply being heard. Book a time when you’re ready.

In Vivo Visualisation of the Pericardium Meridian with fluorescent dye

“Energy medicine uses subtle frequencies, through plants, Bioresonance, or Acupuncture, to gently guide the body back to balance”

Direct bookings are through the website: theforbesclinic.co.uk Email: enquiries@theforbesclinic.co.uk Reception Number: 07721478410 M AY 2 0 2 5 3 2 5

Ground Floor Commercial Unit, Block E, 30 Indescon Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 3DR.

Call us on: 0207 531 6600

Please scan the QR code to start a WhatsApp chat

Rejuvence Clinic is a doctor-led and doctor-delivered medical, surgical, and aesthetic clinic based in the heart of Canary Wharf, London. Registered with the Care Quality Commission (CQC), we specialise in delivering evidence-based, cutting-edge treatments for a wide range of concerns affecting the face, body, and hair.

Renowned as one of Europe’s leading clinics for scar management, Rejuvence Clinic is also at the forefront of regenerative medicine, offering innovative solutions for hair restoration and anti-ageing. Our advanced minor surgery suite enables the safe and effective removal of a variety of skin lesions, cysts, and other benign lumps and bumps.

In addition, our state-of-the-art laser technologies support both medical and aesthetic treatment goals with precision and care.

Situated beside London’s financial centre, our clinic is designed to be a serene retreat — a calming, comfortable space where modern science meets holistic care. At Rejuvence, we are committed to enhancing both physical appearance and overall well-being through the highest standards of clinical care.

Visit our website

www.rejuvenenceclinic.co.uk

H EALTH & FITNESS

CLEARER HEARING, GREATER CONFIDENCE: How Technology Changed One Londoner’s Life Choosing a specialist hearing clinic means a more personalised experience. At Pindrop, our patients benefit from: • Comprehensive assessments that go beyond basic tests • Expert guidance tailored to lifestyle, budget and degree of hearing loss • Ongoing support to ensure the best hearing aid performance

SPECIAL OFFER Enjoy 50% off Hearing Assessments with code MAG50. Book online today at pindrophearing.co.uk and use your code at your appointment to receive your 50% discount*. *Hearing Assessments normally £149.

Offer valid for bookings made by 31st May 2025; appointments can be scheduled until 30th June 2025.

A

t Pindrop Hearing, we transform lives through expert hearing care and real stories like this one show the impact advanced technology and specialist expertise can make. With our flagship clinic on London’s renowned Harley Street, alongside practices in Chelsea and Winchmore Hill, we combine world-class knowledge with truly personalised service.

This month, we share the story of a busy London professional whose life was changed with the help of the Phonak Infinio Sphere 90 hearing aid.

A former physicist and now a practising lawyer, our patient was struggling with hearing loss, particularly in environments with background noise. From courtrooms to family gatherings, following conversations had become a daily challenge.

Following a detailed consultation, we fitted him with the Phonak Infinio Sphere 90 — a discreet, state-of-the-art device optimised for speech clarity in demanding settings. Real Ear Measurements (REMs) and aided speech testing, conducted in our soundproof facilities, confirmed a significant improvement. Almost immediately, he reported sharper communication, renewed confidence and an improved quality of life.

This story reflects what we see every day: the right technology, expertly fitted and verified, can deliver life-changing results.

3 2 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

OUR SERVICES:

“Talking to an Audiologist rather than just a licensed hearing aid dispenser meant that my particular condition was properly understood. The solution was tailored to my actual needs. Hugely impressed by the audiologist who explained everything so clearly — I would not hesitate in recommending Pindrop to anybody.”

– Michael

Hearing Tests Hearing Aids Ear Wax Removal Tinnitus Clinic Paediatric Audiology Balance Testing Custom Ear Protection

LOCATIONS: Harley Street 41 Harley Street, W1G 8QH 0207 487 2660 Chelsea 412 King’s Road, SW10 0LJ 0208 150 2330 Winchmore Hill 748 Green Lanes, N21 3RE 0208 360 2510

H EALTH & FITNESS

Stroke Awareness:

How Preventive Health Screening Can Save Lives

S

Dr Catrin Bevan MBBS, DRCOG, The London General Practice

troke is one of the leading causes of death and long-term disability worldwide. While the statistics may be alarming, there’s good news - research shows that up to 80% of strokes are preventable. The key lies in awareness, early detection, and timely action.

At The London General Practice, preventive health screening plays a central role in helping individuals understand and manage their risk before it becomes a serious problem.

UNDERSTANDING STROKE A stroke occurs when blood flow to a part of the brain is interrupted or reduced, preventing brain tissue from receiving oxygen and nutrients. Within minutes, brain cells begin to die.

There are two main types of strokes: Ischaemic stroke – caused by a blockage in an artery leading to the brain.

Haemorrhagic stroke – caused by a blood vessel in the brain bursting.

There’s also a third, often overlooked event known as a Transient Ischaemic Attack (TIA), or “mini-stroke”, which involves temporary blockage and serves as a warning sign for a possible future stroke.

3 3 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

KNOW YOUR RISK FACTORS There are several well-established risk factors that increase the likelihood of having a stroke: • High blood pressure – the most significant modifiable risk factor • High cholesterol – contributes to artery blockages • Diabetes – can damage blood vessels over time • Atrial fibrillation – an irregular heartbeat that increases the risk of clot formation • Obesity and sedentary lifestyle – both increase risk significantly Smoking and excessive alcohol use – both are major contributors to vascular damage Many of these conditions can be silent, developing slowly over time without noticeable symptoms. That’s where the value of regular health screening comes in.

THE IMPORTANCE OF PREVENTIVE HEALTH SCREENING Preventive screening is one of the most powerful tools in modern medicine, allowing individuals

“Many of these conditions can be silent, developing slowly over time without noticeable symptoms. That’s where the value of regular health screening comes in”

to detect potential issues before they lead to life-threatening outcomes like a stroke. At The London General Practice, bespoke screening services are available to suit different ages, lifestyles, and health profiles.

These screenings evaluate critical strokerelated markers, including: • Blood pressure • Cholesterol and lipid profile • Blood glucose levels • Heart rhythm and function (including atrial fibrillation detection) • BMI and body composition analysis • Lifestyle and family history assessment By identifying even small abnormalities early, interventions such as medication, lifestyle changes, or further specialist evaluation can be initiated— dramatically reducing the likelihood of a stroke.

TAKE ACTION WITH LIFESTYLE CHANGES Screening is just the start. Taking action based on

those results is where real change happens. Here are some of the most effective lifestyle steps you can take to reduce your stroke risk: Adopt a balanced, whole-food diet rich in fibre, fruits, vegetables, lean proteins, and healthy fats. Avoid processed foods as far as possible - they often contain harmful additives, excess salt, and unhealthy fats that can undermine vascular health.

Stay physically active - Aim for at least 30 minutes of moderate exercise most days of the week to keep your cardiovascular system strong.

Stop smoking - This single change can

“Avoid processed foods as far as possible - they often contain harmful additives, excess salt, and unhealthy fats that can undermine vascular health”

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 3 1

H EALTH & FITNESS

THE DETAILS The London General Practice 114a Harley Street, London W1G 7JL Tel: 0207 935 1000

Direct access to a private GP, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. reduce your stroke risk significantly.

Limit alcohol intake - Excessive drinking raises blood pressure and cholesterol and can increase stroke risk.

Manage stress - Chronic stress can negatively affect your heart and blood vessels. Mindfulness practices, yoga, and other relaxation techniques can be powerful tools for prevention.

Ensure you get enough sleep – for most adults, a recommendation of 7 to 9 hours sleep per night is considered sufficient.

RECOGNISING THE SIGNS OF STROKE Even with the best prevention, it’s vital to recognise the signs of stroke quickly. Every minute counts.

Use the acronym BE FAST: Balance – Sudden loss of balance or coordination Eyes – Sudden blurred or double vision Face – Drooping on one side of the face Arms – Weakness or numbness in one arm Speech – Slurred or incoherent speech Time – If any of these symptoms are present, seek emergency help immediately Early treatment can minimise brain damage and improve recovery outcomes dramatically.

THE LONDON GENERAL PRACTICE APPROACH The London General Practice is committed to a proactive, personalised approach to health. Our world-class clinicians work closely with patients to not only assess stroke risk but to provide tailored recommendations that support long-term wellness.

Whether you’re looking for a comprehensive 3 3 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

health screen or need to understand your family risk profile, our team offers the expertise, discretion, and care to guide you every step of the way.

Visiting Doctor to your home, hotel or place of work

FINAL THOUGHTS Stroke can be sudden and devastating, but it is also largely preventable. By raising awareness and encouraging regular preventive health screening, especially for individuals over 40 or those with a family history of cardiovascular issues, we can take real steps toward reducing stroke rates.

Your health is your most valuable asset – investing in it today could save your life tomorrow.

Private GP services thelondongeneralpractice.com Occupational Health and Corporate Health Services

H EALTH & FITNESS

Understanding Hair Loss: Causes, Prevention and Treatment

Preventing Hair Loss While not all types of hair loss can be prevented, adopting a healthy lifestyle can reduce the risk.

A balanced diet rich in vitamins and minerals, particularly iron, biotin, and vitamin D, supports hair health. Managing stress through exercise, meditation, and proper sleep can also prevent excessive shedding. Additionally, using gentle hair care practices, such as avoiding excessive heat and harsh chemicals, helps maintain strong, healthy hair.

Effective Hair Loss Treatments For those experiencing hair loss, various treatments are available. Medical treatments, such as minoxidil and finasteride, can slow down hair loss and encourage regrowth. Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) therapy, polynucleotide injections, hair IV therapy are innovative options that stimulate hair follicles and improve scalp health.

H

air loss is a common concern that affects millions of people, impacting both men and women. It can be distressing, affecting self-esteem and overall wellbeing. While some degree of hair shedding is normal, excessive hair loss can be distressing and may indicate underlying health conditions. Understanding the causes and available treatments can help individuals take proactive steps toward maintaining healthy hair.

Personalised Hair Loss Treatments and Packages At Bilba Clinic in Central London, we offer a range of advanced, clinician-led solutions tailored to your unique needs. Whether you’re experiencing thinning hair, pattern baldness or hair shedding, our expert team is here to help restore your confidence. In April we offer 15% off all our hair loss packages. Let’s work together to bring back your hair and confidence!

“Hair loss can result from various factors, including genetics, hormonal changes, stress, and medical conditions”

Causes of Hair Loss Hair loss can result from various factors, including genetics, hormonal changes, stress, and medical conditions. The most common type, androgenetic alopecia (male or female pattern baldness), is hereditary and can begin as early as the late teens. Hormonal imbalances, particularly during pregnancy, menopause, or thyroid disorders, can also lead to hair thinning. Other contributing factors include nutritional deficiencies, certain medications, autoimmune diseases, and excessive hairstyling or chemical treatments that damage hair follicles.

3 3 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

THE DETAILS Visit Bilba Clinic 57 Great Titchfield Street, London W1W 7PN, call 07858848244 or email info@bilbaclinic.co.uk and book your FREE hair consultation!

MEDICAL | AESTHETIC | WELLBEING A CQC Registered Clinic

Our goal is to deliver exceptional results in a safe, welcoming environment, guided by our highly skilled and compassionate staff.

OUR SERVICES Private GP appointments Consultant specialist appointments Nurse prescriber appointments Private medicine prescriptions Blood and urine tests Weight loss management Earwax microsuction & ear syringing IV vitamin drips & vitamin injections Physiotherapy Nutrition coaching Aesthetic treatments and injectables Sclerotherapy (spider veins treatment) Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) treatments Fat dissolving injections PCA SKIN peels & facials Gift vouchers For more information and to book a personal consultation, visit www.bilbaclinic.co.uk Email: info@bilbaclinic.co.uk Tel: 07858 848 244 Opening hours: Monday – Friday 10am – 6pm Saturday - 12noon – 5pm Bilba Clinic, 57 Great Titchfield Street, London W1W 7PN

H EALTH & FITNESS

THE FERTILITY CENTRE There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility: • For social reasons • Preparing to transition • Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy • If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts

F

ormerly the Assisted Conception Unit, The Fertility Centre is a longstanding centre of excellence for fertility treatment and care at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital. In 2021 they enlarged the Centre with a new satellite service at West Middlesex University Hospital, extending patient care and convenient access across West London.

The Centre provides a broad and comprehensive range of fertility services to their patients – including IVF, ICSI and IUI – but their areas of particular expertise, include the management of women and couples over the age of 40, premature ovarian ageing or low ovarian reserve, and male or sperm-related infertility issues.

Notwithstanding their expertise in these complex fields, The Fertility Centre continues to perform very well in its success rates. They hold one of the highest clinical pregnancy rates amongst NHS hospitals in the UK (please visit hfea.gov.uk for further information) and welcome NHS-funded patients and those seeking to selffund their care and treatment.

As well as treatment for those trying to conceive now, The Fertility Centre offer services for those who are considering their ability to conceive in the future. Fertility preservation through egg or embryo freezing is becoming increasingly popular and they can provide these services through their dedicated Fertility Preservation programme.

3 3 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

If you are thinking about your fertility health for future years, they also provide a range of fertility assessments - with packages for individuals as well as couples. Alongside tests and assessments, expert clinicians can explain your results and advise you accordingly.

In addition to their clinical expertise and range of treatment options, The Fertility Centre understands the inevitable stress and anxiety of fertility treatment. They are committed to supporting you every step of the way throughout your treatment. This includes sessions with their British Infertility Counselling Association and UK Council for Psychotherapy accredited counsellors.

THE DETAILS The Fertility Centre team is always happy to support you and answer any questions. If you want to learn more or are ready to start your fertility journey, please contact them on 020 3315 8585 or email chelwest.acu@nhs.net. chelwestprivatecare.co.uk/ fertility-centre

H EALTH & FITNESS

The Kensington Wing

T

he Kensington Wing is the dedicated private maternity unit at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, providing women and birthing people with around-the-clock clinical care, comfortable en-suite private rooms and hospitality services.

Located in the heart of Chelsea and Westminster Hospital – part of one of the UK’s top rated hospital Trusts – your baby’s and your safety and wellbeing are reassuringly supported at all times. The Kensington Wing is immediately located next to the hospital’s outstanding and newly expanded Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) and a consultant anaesthetist remains on site at all times 24/7, dedicated to the needs of our patients.

To ensure the safety of women, birthing people and birth partners, The Kensington Wing has important infection control procedures for staff and visitors to adhere to but remain welcoming to your chosen birth partner for all stages of your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay. Your individual room and en-suite facilities are a haven, and the catering and hospitality team ensures your stay is relaxing as well as safe. On the Kensington Wing the consultant obstetricians, midwives, nurses and maternity support workers provide care as a team and are delighted to offer both consultant-led and midwife-led maternity packages.

THE DETAILS If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk

3 3 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

The Kensington Wing’s highly experienced team of midwives welcome enquiries and the opportunity to discuss midwife-led care in more detail. These ‘meet the midwife’ sessions are always a relaxed and special time to talk and discover more without any obligation. For those women and birthing people who are appropriate for midwife-led care, the team provide full support throughout your pregnancy and the midwifery team are available 24 hours seven days a week for advice or concerns throughout your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay.

The consultant-led care package allows you the choice of one of their experienced consultant obstetricians to personally guide you through your pregnancy and birth. Your consultant provides continuity and individualised expertise throughout your journey. They build a relationship with you and your partner through the antenatal period to give you confidence to birth safely with them in line with your birth preferences. They continue to support you through the postnatal period, including your 6 week postnatal check.

All consultants are available to meet you and your birth partner without any obligation.

The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 3 9

www.nunenune.com | instagram: @studio_nune

HOUSE & GARDEN – A collection of London’s finest house and garden companies – I M AG E : B R E T Z

H OUSE & GARDEN

[SHOPPING]

INTERIORS ELEGANT ELM

BACK TO WORK Transform your home office or bedroom with the warm and characterful Noah desk. Providing a spacious surface for work, study, or creative pursuits, it’s the perfect addition to any home. Gunmetal grey round handles add a touch of sleek modernity to the warm, inviting tones of the mango wood, while the soft close hinges and discreet magnet catches add effortless function. Its smooth matt finish enhances the natural colour variations synonymous with mango wood and the short lamination lines accentuate the natural grain. oakfurnitureland.co.uk

This elegant cabinet, originating from Shanxi province in central China, features a classic ‘round cornered’ style with rounded frames that extend to the legs and taper upwards to fit into the overhanging top. The door panels are set within similar rounded frames that use wooden dowels to slot into the horizontal frames above and below. kayuhome.co.uk

SCENT-SATION The distinctively rich and smoky character of oud is balanced with the floral and rosy tones of geranium. Finished with the soothing notes of cedarwood and patchouli to create an aroma that will fill your room with a warm and rich ambience. amauralondon.com

BY THE BEDSIDE THE FEMALE TOUCH Rockett St George design and source unique, authentic and quirky pieces bursting with individuality; designed to last forever. Founded in 2007 by Jane and Lucy, Rockett St George is a female-founded UK Brand. rockettstgeorge.co.uk 3 4 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

Boho Retreat Bedside Table blends French-style furniture elegance with a contemporary rustic charm, making it a stylish yet functional addition to any bedroom. Crafted from solid mango wood. maisonhavenfurniture.co.uk

S CH U TT DES IGNS The luxury of Aquilo and Vale lies in its restraint: sculpted simplicity, thoughtful detailing, and the kind of proportion that feels instinctively right. For me luxury means quality, the dedication and craftsmanship that goes into every Schutt creation is truly unique. The Aquilo and Vale Collection is guided by an ethos of intention —where every curve, color, and contour is rooted in symbolism and subtle storytelling. It is not just about aesthetics; it’s about creating pieces that embody essence, emotion, and place. Fluidity and structure. It honors the idea that objects, like stories, carry weight when they’re made with care—and that beauty is richest when it feels lived-in, loved, and lasting. The dining room is my favorite room in the house.

There’s something about it—the way it gathers people, the way it holds time. It’s where warmth happens.

Where conversation lingers. Where food becomes connection and a table becomes a stage for stories, laughter, even quiet. Blue is not just a beautiful color, it’s a sacred color. And of course Braden’s favorite - he is always my inspiration. it’s personal. It’s warmth, memory, connection. Every time you see it on a plate, in a glaze, or along the rim of a bowl, it becomes a thread between past and future, tradition and love.

www.schuttdesigns.com

H OUSE & GARDEN

Bretz:

Where Timeless Elegance Meets Artisan Craftsmanship

Paris, London, and Baku, as well as across the Americas. Each project reflects Bretz’s ability to balance functionality with beauty, turning interiors into inspiring and sophisticated spaces.

To discover the world of Bretz, visit bretzhestia.com or follow their journey on Instagram at @bretzuk. Their portfolio showcases a remarkable blend of precision, artistry, and individuality, embodying their commitment to creating spaces that inspire.

Bretz is more than a furniture brand—it’s a legacy of creating interiors that define elegance and comfort. Whether you’re looking for bespoke designs for your home or tailored solutions for commercial spaces, Bretz sets the standard for luxurious, handcrafted design.

If you’re in London, visit their showroom at 359 King’s Road, SW3 5ES to experience Bretz’s craftsmanship first-hand. The team is ready to guide you through every step, helping to bring your vision to life. Explore the world of Bretz and transform your interiors into timeless masterpieces.

F

ounded in 1971 by Özcan Ata, Bretz has earned its place as a leading name in furniture design, celebrated for its exceptional craftsmanship and innovative approach. Based in Istanbul, the brand operates a modern, high-capacity factory, two exquisite showrooms, and a dedicated warehouse in Turkey, as well as an esteemed store in London.

This international presence highlights Bretz’s dedication to quality and its ability to serve a diverse clientele across the globe.

What sets Bretz apart is its steadfast commitment to artisanal craftsmanship and sustainability. Every piece is expertly handcrafted by skilled artisans, merging traditional techniques with contemporary design. Using natural materials like solid wood, premium leathers, and fine textiles, Bretz ensures that each item is unique, timeless, and environmentally responsible. With sustainable practices at the heart of its production, the brand combines aesthetic brilliance with ecological awareness.

Bretz’s influence is felt worldwide, with its furniture adorning elegant homes, refined offices, and luxurious hotels in iconic cities like Dubai,

3 4 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

“What sets Bretz apart is its steadfast commitment to artisanal craftsmanship and sustainability”

TIMELESS DESIGN, SUSTAINABLE LUXURY — THE POURED PROJECT

Blending artistry with innovation, The Poured Project creates handcrafted concrete radiators, baths, and basins designed to elevate interiors with quiet sophistication. Cast in the UK using a unique, patent-protected process, each piece is made from carefully sourced sustainable materials—built not just to impress, but to endure.

The radiators are more than just beautiful forms; they’re engineered to last over 85 years with minimal maintenance, offering a lasting, energy-efficient heating solution that complements both contemporary and heritage interiors.

Their sculptural presence brings elegance and warmth to every room, while the accompanying baths and basins offer striking serenity through raw texture and refined form.

With sustainability at the heart of every design, The Poured Project offers conscious luxury for those who value design, longevity, and craftsmanship.

Redefine your interiors with functional works of art. Explore the collection at www.thepouredproject.com

H OUSE & GARDEN

MILAN FAIR TREND REPORT 2025: It’s official, the interiors mood has been declared for 2025 – we’re entering an era of calm introspection. Mostly.

T

he design playground of the 2025 Salone del Mobile furniture and design fair, and the ever-growing Milan Design Week that blossoms around it, saw the city once more basking in interiors innovations, pioneering product design, and shifting perspectives on space.

The ambiance was mindful, subdued, even tentative, chiming with the fair’s theme of ‘Thought for Humans,’ which honed in on the power of design to support wellness and bring people together.

Neutrals and naturals reigned, with luxury design brands from around the world leaning into an organic palette and the materials of nature as well as carefully refining and extending their current collections, plus mixing in a few surprises along the way.

Exploring Milan Design Week 2025, our eyes adjusted to a spectrum that’s been simmering in the background for a while but came into full bloom this year. Neutrals. Everywhere. From pale ivory, oat and cream to more mid-level camel, fawn and taupe, the design sphere has given itself over to earthy, grounded shades that hold onto enough lightness to energise a space to leave us feeling both elevated and serene.

2025’s defining trends emerged from a hush of calm and quiet confidence, with just enough offbeat character to keep us guessing. It was a sea of soothing shades, natural materials, soft tactility and grounded forms – designs that whispered rather than shouted. Prioritising sensory richness over visual noise, pieces tempting us to touch and invited interaction with alluring materials and irresistible surfaces. Shapes span the slick and sleek

3 4 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

to the enveloping, friendly, and at times strangely familiar …

Rule-benders and category-dodgers emerged as ever, with styles, textures and materials on the fringes of the all-is-calm palette bringing range, dynamism, and the pleasingly unpredictable.

THE NEUTRALS: Exploring Milan Design Week 2025, our eyes adjusted to a spectrum that’s been simmering in the background for a while but came into full bloom this year. Neutrals. Everywhere. From pale ivory, oat and cream to more mid-level camel, fawn and taupe, the design sphere has given itself over to earthy, grounded shades that hold onto enough lightness to energise a space to leave us feeling both elevated and serene.

TEXTURED GLASS: It’s the time of misted and molten glass. Misted glass has a frosted or opaque finish, so light passing through it is diffused, creating a soft, less defined glow. Molten glass is filled with ripples and movement, like it’s not quite set yet (perhaps having oozed from the earth or poured forth from a volcano), most often transparent but distorting light that does pass through. Both approaches feel organic, yet toy with shadow, skewing it for a floaty, ethereal, am-I-awake effect.

“Neutrals and naturals reigned, with luxury design brands from around the world leaning into an organic palette and the materials of nature”

LACQUERED LUXE: If you want even, uninterrupted, slickest of the slick surfaces, it’s lacquer you’ll be turning to this interiors season. Becoming more and more apparent on the decorative scene of late, it’s now glided right into the spotlight. Its silky finish negating the need for bold statement colour, the high-gloss finish itself is the main attraction as light bounces dramatically from its look-overhere polished coat. The contemporary lacquered pieces combine the traditional finish with clean, minimalist forms that hint at the sculptural with the simple shapes enhanced by impactful lustre.

SILVER LININGS: In need of the most brilliant shine and most uninterrupted sheen of them all? You’re in luck, as the metallic of 2025 is a silver-toned, chrome-y, mirror-like reflection. No longer just a throwback to retro futurism or a subtle accent, it’s now fully dominating the scene with its liquid silver-style surface turning furniture and beyond into statements that radiate high-voltage polish.

Colour? We’ve all but forgotten what it is at this point as light zips across chrome’s surface, catching every curve, edge and angle with assertive precision that feels fresh, refined and fearless.

FOLDED FORMS: We’re welcoming into the fold pieces that exhibit textural tucks; those that show off how they’re artfully shaped and gathered into being. Furniture using its very construction and structure as decoration, and as a leading part of its personality.

The move creates visual rhythm through pinches and pleats, and brings softness to hard materials.

Such silhouette-led tactility turns each design into something almost garment-like – tailored, detailed and sensorially engaging.

MICHELIN MAGIC: While we’re talking of folds, the influence of the king of undulating layers echoed through time this year, making his presence known across a range of brands and designs. Remember… the Michelin man? You will soon, as his rounded, friendly and comfortable rolls left their imprint on the season’s standout pieces.

EXTERNAL ELEMENTS: When high-end materials and artisanal craftsmanship come together, it’s hard to resist adding just a little more. That’s why our next trend explores designs that whisper, “Just a little something extra.” A lounge chair wrapped in a second skin of leather, or a sofa calling for the warm embrace of its outer shell – these are the pieces that quietly insist on an extra layer of luxury.

WILDCARDS: There have to be some. Those designs that go against the grain, that don’t even bother looking up to see what the rest of the world is doing. Our homes – and souls – need such rule-breaking renegades, and it wouldn’t be Milan Design Week without a heavy delivery of unexpected designs which just don’t fit into a box. chaplins.co.uk

“If you want even, uninterrupted, slickest of the slick surfaces, it’s lacquer you’ll be turning to this interiors season”

M AY 2 0 2 5 3 4 7

H OUSE & GARDEN

Paradise Found

The enchanting wall mural designed to bring the bold into interior schemes

R

ich textures and bold mark making come together in a striking wall mural from family-run design house By Haleys.

Capturing the rawness of nature using shades of pink, sage and amber, Eden in Honey depicts an enchanting wilderness of luscious greenery.

Wild and free, it is a dynamic design that will inspire any space, from bedrooms and living spaces to the most functional of bathrooms.

Richard Haley, Creative Director of By Haleys, said: “Eden with its rich depth, truly encapsulates the hand-painted nature of our designs.

“We experimented with unexpected mediums, such as bleach, to create intricate details that catch the eye and add depth to the design. Each brushstroke and mark is deliberately unpredictable,

3 4 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

contributing to a composition that feels alive and ever-changing.”

Eden was created by By Haleys Co-Founder Rebecca Haley, who trained under the watchful eye of her father Geoff at Haley Studio. It was here Rebecca has honed her fearless and expressive approach.

She said: “I love designing murals because they feel like true works of art rather than repeating patterns.

“When someone has a visceral reaction to your artwork, you just can’t beat it.”

Eden in Honey is available in three finishes; Grasscloth, Premier Vinyl and Matte Uncoated. It is also available in Opal and Verde colourways.

Eden in Honey is available now from By Haleys: byhaleys.com

Su b an scrib ds e av to t e h firs 10% e we b to rde on y site ou r. r

Transform Your Space with Summer Elegance!

This summer, refresh your home and garden with beautiful home decor pieces from The Wisteria Tree Home Interiors. Create a serene, inviting atmosphere with light, airy accents and natureinspired designs. From chic, contemporary touches to cozy, relaxed vibes, we have everything to elevate your space.

Soft, elegant designs to enhance any room, perfect for creating a fresh, breezy summer ambiance.

High-quality pieces for every style. Versatile decor to suit every corner of your home

www.thewisteriatree.co.uk info@thewisteriatree.co.uk Tel: 07590 078659

Shop Now and Bring Summer into Your Home!

H OUSE & GARDEN

BUTTER YELLOW: The Colour of The Season C

urate one’s own sanctuary to escape to with French Bedroom, a brand that has been advocating timeless style and thoughtful, quality design since 2006. Discover luxury, handmade furniture with fair price tags.

This is a range of furniture and furnishings that has been designed, manufactured and delivered by French Bedroom, a family-owned business with authenticity at its core.

Founder Georgia Metcalfe fuses colours and textures, taking inspiration from centuries-old design, customers have described her designs as “antiques of the future”. Categories include wooden and upholstered beds ranging up to a 7ft emperor, with complementary bedsides, chests, armoires, seating and storage, plus chandeliers, lamps, linens and luxury cushions. French Bedroom is consistently rated 4.9 stars on Trustpilot by thousands of UK homeowners who value quality, service and an investment in timeless style.

At French Bedroom we have reported a remarkable 700% increase in sales of yellow-toned products in 2025 compared to the previous year, signalling the rise of butter yellow as the musthave shade of the season.

Embrace the sun-kissed warmth of butter yellow, with a range of products from our collection, including the best-selling Birdie Stripe Bed Linen in Sunshine & Vanilla. frenchbedroom.co.uk

3 5 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

H OUSE & GARDEN

A Serene Seaside Escape Sophie Allport Launches Coastal Boats Collection

B

ritish homeware designer Sophie Allport is delighted to reveal her latest collection for Summer 2025, Coastal Boats - a charming celebration of seaside life inspired by the beauty of the North Norfolk coastline.

Bringing calm, coastal charm to everyday living, this refreshing design features Sophie’s signature hand-drawn illustrations of sailboats, lighthouses, and sea birds. The collection captures the essence of coastal serenity, offering an effortless way to bring the relaxing atmosphere of the seaside into the home.

From breezy bedrooms and fresh-feeling kitchens to nautical-inspired dining spaces, the Coastal Boats collection offers timeless pieces that evoke a sense of escapism to the beach. Whether you’re decorating a coastal retreat or adding a hint of seaside charm to your home, this collection is designed to make every day feel like a breath of sea air. =“The North Norfolk coast has always been a

3 5 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

special place to me,” says Sophie Allport. “There’s something so grounding and peaceful about the sea. I wanted this collection to bring that same sense of calm into people’s homes – a little coastal escape to enjoy all year round.”

Available now across a range of kitchen linens, bedding, home accessories and more, the Coastal Boats design offers a refreshing new way to style your space with nature, nostalgia and tranquillity in mind. sophieallport.com

“This refreshing design features Sophie’s signature handdrawn illustrations of sailboats, lighthouses, and sea birds”

What if your home just knew what to do?

CONTROL EVERYTHING. WITHOUT LIFTING A FINGER

AV LOUNGE INSTALLATIONS

01992 661164

- Smart Lighting - Smart Blinds & Curtains - Bespoke Home Cinema - WiFi & Networking - Multi Room Entertainment - Security & CCTV

SCAN HERE TO BOOK A CONSULTATION

H OUSE & GARDEN

Is monochrome décor still trending?

A

Chic is always in when it comes to classic black and white interiors.

Discover how this timeless look is given a style update.

mthal Karim, Head of Design at Furniture And Choice comments: “Bold colours are all the rage now, but that doesn’t mean black and white interiors are on the way out. Monochrome interiors are constantly reinvented and are the perfect palette for experimenting with different interior styles.

Soft minimalism is one example of how monochrome décor continues to shine. Gone are the days when minimalism was known for its bare or overly stark design; with soft minimalism, the essentials are given an inviting touch. For a cosy feel, a black and white backdrop is softened with textures like cotton, wool or linen. Natural textures are another way to liven things up, whether decorating with indoor plants or accessorising with ceramics made from clay.

Wabi sabi is another interior style and aesthetic that comes to mind when decorating with a monochrome palette. This Japanese philosophy that emphasises the beauty in imperfection and impermanence takes on a mindful approach when it comes to interiors. It places importance on natural textures like wood, stone and clay, setting the tone for a stylish space that values comfort.

A raw wooden coffee table with natural grain and imperfect knots softly contrasts the black and white backdrop, while clay ceramics highlight the simplicity and earthy elements of wabi sabi.

The new and improved Art Deco is a great way to add a glamorous vibe to monochrome décor.

Focusing on luxe textures like marble, velvet and metallic accents helps emphasise this. Since it’s a monochrome palette, bring curved motifs through arch details or side furniture like a round coffee table. Fluted wall panelling that’s painted black creates a stylish focal point and makes your space feel fresh and contemporary.

Quiet luxury style is still getting a lot of buzz since it gives the home a fresh and contemporary update, especially when paired with monochrome decor. The black and white palette is elevated with 3 5 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

classic and elegant design in textures like velvet, boucle and plush fabric. Attention to detail is key to this style, with wall panelling, architraves and unique shapes all taking centre stage. Lighting is also important in bringing quiet luxury interiors to life - choosing warm lighting for wall lights helps create a cosy ambience and exclusive zones in one space.” furniturechoice.co.uk

Specialising in a wide selection of new, old and new Persian, Turkish, Caucasian and Turkmen carpets. Various antique, old and new Kilims available. Professional hand-cleaning and restoration service. We buy old and antique carpets – even damaged rugs.

Part-exchange and evaluations.

312 Upper Richmond Road West, East Sheen, London SW14 7JN Tel & Fax: 0208 876 0070 | info@rugstoreonline.co.uk www.rugstoreonline.co.uk

H OUSE & GARDEN

ANNIE SLOAN LAUNCHES FIVE NEW CHALK PAINT COLOURS

P

aint legend Annie Sloan CBE is excited to announce five new Chalk Paint™ colours to celebrate 35 years since she invented her revolutionary furniture paint.

The collection includes two colours the colour expert has wanted to bring out in Chalk Paint for a long time – dramatic reddish-purple Tyrian Plum and Canvas, a perfect warm neutral - together with three new shades inspired by travel and art history: barely-there blush-toned Rococo White, soft muted Jaipur Pink and bold and bright Sandalwood Red. Tyrian Plum is a wonderfully sophisticated earthy dark reddish-purple colour with real warmth and depth.

Canvas is a putty-tinted beige, named after the colour you will find on a painter’s canvas. A perfect neutral.

Jaipur Pink is a dusty earthy pink with a softness to it. It has the look of traditional plaster – slightly muted with a timeless olde-world quality.

Rococo White is the softest white with a touch of Antionette to give it just a hint of pink. It is a pretty neutral white that’s delicate and pretty.

Sandalwood Red is a bright, lively colour that sits somewhere between pink and red. It’s a strong dramatic shade of coral.

3 5 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

“These five colours work beautifully together because they all have warm undertones. I have always been obsessed with pinks from around the world – from the bold colours of Mexico to the dusty tones of India through the soft pretty pastels of Scandinavia. Use the brights in this collection to add an eye-catching pop of colour or use the neutrals for a sophisticated elegant look.” Annie Sloan Easy to use and quick to dry, Chalk Paint is the simple way to transform furniture, floors and walls. It works on wood, metal, laminate, concrete, indoors and outdoors and can be used to create a variety of different decorative paint effects. anniesloan.com

H OUSE & GARDEN

FROM THE HINDU KUSH TO HEBDEN BRIDGE A Small Business with a Remarkable Story

‘W

e are the only company outside Afghanistan anywhere in the world purely selling faritrade handmade Afghan rugs’. James Wilthew, an RAF veteran of 5 operational tours, established The Afghan Rug Shop in 2015 and imports their rugs direct from their weavers in Northern Afghanistan.

Whilst serving in Afghanistan in 2003 James fell in love with the country and its people, also developing a passion for their rugs – buying many during his tour – thinking he’d never have another opportunity to do so, as there was no stable internet or social media to be able to stay in touch.

About 12 years later after James had left the military and moved to Hebden Bridge, he managed to track down his Afghan friend he used to buy from in 2003, rekindled their friendship online and the business was born. “It took a few months of cold-calls, emails to strangers and Facebook messages but I found him!”

Their rugs come direct from the weavers and weavers markets. “Even with the change

3 5 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

of government we are still directly supporting hundreds of people across all the stages of production - the shepherds, shearers, spinners, washers, dyers, weavers, cleaners, packers and shippers.”…”Whilst a lot of freedoms have been lost recently, women are still able to weave in their homes and provide an income for their families.”

James stocks rugs suitable for a modern flat through to large country houses. “We can supply any size of rug and some of them are huge, people don’t mind waiting if it’s a bespoke order either, it’s quite special.”

Celebrating their tenth year in business next month, they recently acquired and renovated the old Barclays in Hebden Bridge, a store some four times larger than their previous one and only a few doors down – all their products are all online and they ship worldwide. They are Living Wage employers and corporate sponsors of Afghanaid, regularly donating to vital Afghan projects.

James is also a regional ambassador for X-Forces Enterprise and supports veterans transitioning into self-employment.

THE DETAILS theafghanrugshop.co.uk Instagram, Facebook and Twitter @afghanrugshop @theafghanrugshop 01422843331

H OUSE & GARDEN

Beautiful Walls pay tribute to Wassily Kandinsky in new wallpaper collection

A

rt lovers who want to bring the style of celebrated Russian painter Wassily Kandinsky into the home can now do so, without having to spend millions of pounds on an original piece.

That’s because family-run wallpaper retailer Beautiful Walls has introduced a new collection in homage to the pioneering artist.

Composition: A Tribute to Kandinsky is a seven-strong collection of wallcoverings inspired

by Kandinsky’s signature style.

Utilising bold colours, strong geometrics and abstract pattern, Composition is a statement collection that commands attention.

Tim Dixon, Managing Director of Beautiful Walls, said: “There is nothing subtle about this range. It is packed with colour, character and 3 6 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

pattern and is one for fans of all things maximalist.

“Kandinsky was a pioneer of abstract art and his unique use of colour and form have inspired this groundbreaking collection.”

Highlights of the collection include the Studi Di Cerchi Mural, a bold pop art design which pays tribute to Kandinsky’s concentric circles, and Composizione – which has been heavily influenced

by Composition VII. Tim added: “Kandinsky and his experimentation with abstraction has transformed the art world.

“Now, eight decades after his death, he continues to influence design.”

Composition: A Tribute to Kandinsky is available now from Beautiful Walls, with prices starting at £160 per roll. beautifulwalls.co.uk

“A seven-strong collection of wallcoverings inspired

by Kandinsky’s signature style”

LONDON : 0203 0513 525 ESHER: 01372 642312

H OUSE & GARDEN

SPRING INTERIOR TRENDS:

Embrace Alabaster Elegance and the Green Revival

A

s we welcome the new season, two interior trends are making waves this spring: the timeless charm of Alabaster and the refreshing versatility

of green.

According to interior stylist Victoria Foster from ScS, these shades aren’t just passing by — they offer long-term style, functionality, and an easy way to refresh your home for Spring 2025.

Alabaster: Understated sophistication Alabaster, a warm, off-white hue, continues to grow in popularity for its soft, serene aesthetic and unmatched versatility. “It’s timeless and stylish and can be adapted in any room of the house,” says Foster. “Not everyone can afford to constantly redecorate, so choosing a balanced, neutral shade like Alabaster allows your space to evolve with the trends, without needing a total overhaul.”

Ideal for smaller spaces and north-facing rooms, Alabaster reflects light beautifully, creating a calming and inviting atmosphere. Foster recommends pairing it with textures like velvet or corduroy and adding soft accent colours such as peach or olive green. Accent colours such as 3 6 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

peach or olive green. “It’s also perfect for lime wash effects and works just as well on walls or woodwork,” she adds.

To keep an Alabaster-themed room from feeling too clinical, Foster suggests layering natural wood, metallic finishes, and deeper accents like charcoal, navy, or forest green. “This contrast adds personality while keeping the overall look elegant and harmonious.”

“On the bolder side of the spring palette, green has emerged as a top trend — from soft sage to rich emerald”

Green: Nature-inspired energy On the bolder side of the spring palette, green has emerged as a top trend — from soft sage to rich emerald. “Green brings balance, calm, and a real connection to nature,” says Foster. “It’s uplifting and grounding at the same time, making it ideal for living rooms and social spaces.”

Whether you opt for a plush olive-green recliner or a sleek sage sofa, green works beautifully with both neutral and vibrant palettes. Foster’s styling tip: “Pair green with blush pink or mustard yellow for a playful spring vibe. Just remember to ground bold combinations with a neutral backdrop.”

For a minimalist look, pair green with whites and soft greys. For a traditional feel, layer emerald tones with rich woods and antique details. And for the boho-inspired, mix lime green or pistachio with natural materials, layered textures, and patterned cushions.

Timeless meets trendy While Alabaster offers enduring elegance, green injects a burst of seasonal energy. Together, they’re a dynamic duo for spring — blending timeless neutrals with vibrant, nature-inspired colour.

Whether you’re reimagining a whole room or just updating your accessories, these two trends promise to breathe new life into any space. scs.co.uk

footstools

High quality, handmade animal themed footstools with strong customer appeal.

Looking for new trade partners across the UK Contact us sales@ewemoo.co.uk | Tel: 07778 102238

H OUSE & GARDEN

SOPHIE ALLPORT PARTNERS WITH RHS FOR THE 2025

RHS CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW COLLECTION

H

omeware brand Sophie Allport is delighted to announce an official partnership with The Royal Horticultural Society (RHS) for its highly anticipated 2025 RHS Chelsea Flower Show collection.

This exclusive RHS-licensed collection offers customers an expanded range of limited-edition memorabilia that celebrates all things RHS Chelsea Flower Show, including a mug (available in standard and large sizes), small tray, cotton tea towel, signed print, and cotton tote bag.

The 2025 design draws inspiration from Sophie’s love of English cottage gardens, bursting with beautiful florals, including alliums, sweet peas, foxgloves, and bearded irises. It features a charming vegetable patch, a greenhouse brimming with homegrown goodness, and a picturesque shepherd’s hut as its centrepiece. Adding a playful touch and completing the design are Sophie’s illustrations of a Jack Russell, a Golden Retriever,

3 6 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

and a Yorkshire Terrier - a nod to the first RHS Chelsea Flower Show garden which is a dogfriendly design.

Designer and founder Sophie Allport shared her excitement: “We’re thrilled to be back at RHS Chelsea Flower Show, it’s always the highlight of our year. This year marks our 15th year at the show, and partnering with the RHS for the first time makes it even more special as we support the UK’s leading gardening charity.

“As a dog lover, when I heard about Monty Don designing a dog-friendly garden for the RHS, I knew I had to include a few of our furry friends in the design. It’s brought personality and charm to the artwork. This might just be my favourite RHS Chelsea Flower Show collection yet!”

Cathy Snow, Licensing Manager, RHS adds: “Sophie Allport is rightly admired for her skill in developing designs that draw on classic British heritage with taste, style and humour – and this collection is a truly inspired example of that skill. The new Sophie Allport RHS Chelsea Flower Show 2025 collection, brings the joy and abundance of gardening, and the fun of gardening with help from your furry friends, into the home and will appeal to gardeners, dog and nature lovers – and in fact anyone who appreciates items that combine usefulness with attractive and original design.”

THE DETAILS Sophie Allport RHS Chelsea Flower Show collection will be available to purchase at the Sophie Allport stand during the show and online at sophieallport.com.

H OUSE & GARDEN

How to gain Picture Perfect Art Lighting from your old existing picture lights O ld picture lights have a bad reputation, but this can now be quickly & easily changed to gain great results. LED Upgrade Kits are available, offering the latest LED technology, to remove all the negative issues associated with halogen light sources.

Lighting glare, damaging heat and UV can be removed to give an increased and uniform canvas coverage. These new kits will bring out the rich colours and increase the definition across the whole painting. Running costs can be reduced by up to 93% with no maintenance required for over 10 years. It all makes sense, but be careful, not all LED Upgrades are the same. Here are the key things you must insist on:

COLOUR TEMPERATURE A warm white colour, ideally 2700K.

COLOUR RENDERING INDEX (CRI) Gain the highest level possible. From 0 (darkness) – 100 (sunlight). Many LEDs are as low as 80. Do not accept anything less than 95. The higher the CRI, the truer the colours viewed will be. This will also add to the depth & definition & bring out some hidden gems in your paintings.

LED LENSING & SPACING A good spacing between LEDs is 6”. The LEDs must be lensed to gain the high coverage across the whole canvas, especially further down.

ARM LENGTH The existing arm can cause many issues & replacing it with a correctly sized one with a swivel knuckle will overcome these. The light source should be screened from view, with only the light coverage on the painting visible.

EXISTING HEAD SIZE From small to large, modular upgrade kits are available for easy installation, allowing great coverage for all size variations.

UPGRADING YOUR PICTURE LIGHTS When done correctly, this process will be quick & easy and will enhance your viewing pleasure immediately.

Iain McIntosh, Heritage Lighting Matters

LIGHTING LEVELS

07793 581314 iain@heritagelightingmatters.com heritagelightingmatters.com

A separate dimmer will be required for each painting to ensure correct light levels are achieved.

Trusted to light the finest of art

3 6 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

READER OFFER Receive a free audit and gift!

If you have 10 or more paintings and would like a FREE audit of your picture lighting, register now at heritagelightingmatters.com/audit Free bottle of prosecco and bottle lamp to the first 100 people to register.

H OUSE & GARDEN

THE MAGIC FORMULA “Creating that kind of magic is what we do, day in and day out. We work in some of the most beautiful homes across London and the Home Counties, taking solid, well-loved properties and turning them into places that genuinely lift your spirits every time you walk through the door”

D

esigning your dream home starts with more than just picking a style — it’s about imagining how each part of your space will feel and function day to day. Instead of focusing only on square footage, think about how light moves through a room, how your eye travels from one space to the next, and how small moments can create big impact. A high ceiling in the entryway, a window that perfectly frames the garden, or even a hidden door leading to a cosy reading nook—these details aren’t just for show. They shape how you live in your home and how it makes you feel. When done right, they create a space that feels welcoming, inspiring, and a little bit magical.

Once the layout is designed, it’s time to bring in the personality. Bespoke joinery isn’t just about storage- it’s a chance to add character and make the space work exactly how you need it to. The same goes for your walls: whether it’s a textured finish, warm wood panelling, or bold, oversized

3 7 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

art, the right choices can add depth and interest.

Then come the ‘ hero’ pieces – the things that really bring a room to life. A custom dining table that becomes the heart of family dinners, a chair that’s as comfortable as it is eye-catching, or a light fitting that sparks conversation every time it’s switched on. These are the details that make a space feel truly yours. And with the right team to guide you, creating that kind of home is more than possible – it’s exciting.

Creating that kind of magic is what we do, day in and day out. We work in some of the most beautiful homes across London and the Home Counties, taking solid, well-loved properties and turning them into places that genuinely lift your spirits every time you walk through the door. Once we’re on board, you can relax—we handle everything. From architectural and interior design, to managing all the trades, specialists and contractors, we see the project through from first ideas to final finishes. And when it’ s all done?

You’ll find a bottle of champagne waiting in the fridge to welcome you. fraserandfraserdesign.com hello@fraserandfraserdesign.com Instagram: fraserandfraser

Transforming Spaces

Marie Laurent Brings Award-Winning Interior Architecture to London “Architecture should be beautiful, should be true, should be simple.”

This guiding principle defines the work of French interior architect Marie Laurent, who has recently expanded her bespoke interior architecture practice to London.

Known for her refined, minimalistic approach and strong commitment to sustainability, Marie Laurent has built a reputation for creating spaces that are as functional as they are timeless.

Her designs favour clean lines, natural materials, and a subtle elegance that speaks to both restraint and warmth.

Previously based in the UAE, Marie remains a key figure in the region’s design community, serving as a board member for both the Architecture and Design program at the university level and various young talent initiatives.

Her studio became a creative hub where she delivered award-winning projects — including being named Best Interior Designer for Residential Design at the MENA Design Awards and Architectural Digest top designer.

Marie Laurent’s portfolio spans private residences and commercial spaces alike, each shaped by a deep respect for environmental awareness, quality craftsmanship, and architectural clarity.

With her new base in London, she brings this distinctive vision to a new audience — offering bespoke, details interiors that stand the test of time.

www.marielaurent.com

H OUSE & GARDEN

CURTAINS UP ON LONDON’S BEST KEPT SECRET

F

rom the elegant terraces of Mayfair to the artistic enclaves of Notting Hill, the most fashionable windows in London have one thing in common: they are dressed by Pat Giddens, leading curtain-maker behind some of the most exquisite interiors in Britain – and one of London’s best kept secrets.

Over 100 years on from the first Giddens’s drapery, Pat now sits at the head of the business, combining impeccable heritage with contemporary style and flair.

“I was weaned on a diet of curtains and upholstery” says Pat, whose father Maurice built up the business from his workshop in Lincoln.

As his reputation grew, so did demand among London’s rich and famous. One project in particular—a tented room with a copy of the Chinese Chippendale bed at the V&A, complete with cast resin dragons—would propel the business into an entirely new world.

“It was at a party on this country estate where Maurice was noticed by celebrities, music producers, performers not to mention European royalty. From then on it was one celebrity commission after another, from the palaces of the Sultan of Oman to David Bowie’s homes in

3 7 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

London and Mustique.”

Pat Giddens started her own journey in the renowned Gallery of Antique Textiles and Costumes where she developed a deep understanding of historic fabrics from around the globe, from Ottoman silks to 18th-century damasks—which would become a defining element of her style.

From there she set up shop in the bohemian backstreets of Notting Hill Gate, teaming up with Turkish-Lebanese antique specialist Dyala Salam.

Together they produced Ottoman-style dining rooms and seating areas, complete with decadent Ottoman cushions.

“We were very much sought after and captured the lust for exotic among the glitterati of the era. My early clients were bohemians, rockstars, filmmakers, actors, artists and great collectors.”

Today, Pat employs at team of highly skilled drapers and upholsterers in her West London workshop with an equally impressive client list past and present. As well as private clients, she works with many of London’s leading interior designers and is the go-to curtain-maker for a host of national trust properties. patgiddens.co.uk. Instagram @patgiddensltd sales@patgiddens.co.uk

Maurice Giddens’s tented masterpiece.

patgiddens SINCE 1876

curtains blinds upholstery soft furnishings

patgiddens.co.uk

H OUSE & GARDEN

The Ultimate Guide to Redesigning Your Shower With a Ripples bathroom design specialist

handheld head, non-slip flooring, and easy-clean surfaces offers safety and practicality. Seniors or those with mobility issues benefit from barrierfree access, built-in seating, grab bars, and anti-slip tiles. Busy professionals may opt for a highpressure rainfall shower with smart controls for a luxurious yet efficient experience.

Your first big decision: enclosed or walk-in?

Enclosed showers are great for retaining warmth and keeping water contained, ideal for smaller spaces or those seeking privacy. Modern styles use sleek glass panels to keep things airy yet watertight.

Walk-in showers offer an open, accessible feel.

With no threshold, they’re perfect for families, older users, or anyone wanting a future-proof design.

Want to refresh your shower space but don’t know where to start? With so many styles and options to choose from, it can be hard to know what will work best in your room.

Here, Jo, Senior Designer from Ripples London, talks through the top things to consider when designing a shower space.

3 7 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

Brassware & Tiles: Small Details, Big Impact These choices shape the look and feel of your space.

• Brassware: Brushed brass and matte black continue to be favourites. Softer options like polished nickel and warm bronze are also gaining popularity.

• Tiles: Large-format tiles remain top picks for their low maintenance and clean look. Earthy tones - think warm greys, beiges, and muted greens, help create a spa-like feel. Textured tiles add depth and interest.

Tailor to the User Design with the user in mind: • When designing your shower, consider who will use it. For families, a walk-in shower with a

Trends for 2025 Showers are becoming wellness sanctuaries.

• Smart Showers: Pre-set temperature, pressure, and lighting with digital controls.

• Sustainable Choices: Eco-friendly materials and water-saving fixtures are on the rise.

• Frameless Designs: Hidden drains and built-in storage deliver a seamless, modern look.

• Natural Elements: Add stone, wood-effect tiles, and greenery for a calming, biophilic vibe.

With thoughtful choices around layout, finishes, and user needs, your shower can be both trendforward and timeless, an everyday retreat tailored just for you.

Visit Ripples London at 26 England’s Lane, Belsize Park, London NW3 4TG, ripplesbathrooms.com or call 020 7449 9594.

H OUSE & GARDEN

MULTI AWARD-WINNING DESIGN FOR YOUR PROPERTY THE DETAILS Winner of Best London Apartment International Property Awards 2022/2023 cochranedesign.com COCHRANE BESPOKE 10-12 Fulham High Street, London, SW6 3LQ, Tel: 0207 751 0075 Email: Info@cochranebespoke.com

A

Photo Sean Cochrane - Director

Photo Max Cochrane - Director

3 7 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

fter winning the prestigious IDFX Award for Best Kitchen in 2014, The Cochrane team at Cochrane Bespoke have continued to deliver high-end, comprehensive joinery design services for discerning private clients, interior designers, property developers, and hoteliers across the UK and internationally. With a focus on timeless design and precision craftsmanship, we take pride in transforming spaces through bespoke solutions that reflect each client’s individuality and vision.

Led by the Cochrane family, our experienced team manages all aspects of joinery—from concept design and project coordination to manufacturing and on-site installation. We approach each project with a deep understanding of spatial dynamics, aesthetic balance, and technical excellence, ensuring a seamless integration of function and beauty.

Every detail is meticulously considered, from initial space planning and architectural detailing to lighting design, custom cabinetry, bespoke furniture, and tailored upholstery. Our holistic approach allows us to craft refined interiors where every element is cohesive, elegant, and purposeful.

Through in-depth consultations and close collaboration with our clients, we tailor each design to their lifestyle and aspirations. Our commitment to a personalised service, combined with our technical expertise and creative insight, results in exceptional spaces that exceed expectations in both form and function.

This dedication has earned Cochrane Bespoke numerous accolades and ongoing recognition in leading UK and international design publications.

Our work is celebrated for its distinctive character, uncompromising quality, and thoughtful execution.

We view architectural interior design and bespoke joinery as inherently interconnected. Each bespoke piece is crafted to enhance the architecture of the space while offering creative and elegant solutions that stand the test of time. Our longstanding relationships with the finest suppliers and artisans in the industry allow us to deliver outstanding results with consistency and care.

At Cochrane Bespoke, we are passionate about producing interiors that are not only visually striking but also enduring in quality and intent. Our mission is to create beautiful, functional environments that elevate everyday living.

DOUBLE WALL 600ML 600G

GLASS KETTLE 3000W, 1.0L & 1.7L

DOUBLE WALL DIGITAL, KEEP WARM

GLASS TEA POT ROUND & SQUARE

In March 2020 during the most unprecedented times, our family decided that we have to do something good and better to supply our products to the people of the United Kingdom.

We created our goal that we have to bring and offer something good and positive which will keep everyone happy and healthy, and at any place (home, study place, working/ business or even leisure places).

We decided to import and sell by ourselves, in the United Kingdom, products which will treat and improve quality of air and as well products which will make us healthier and improve taste of water.

Why products which treat and improve quality of Air & Water? Because Air and Water are vital components that humanity and everything that is on our planet need to have. From now on, our mission is to offer products are that are cost effective and Eco Friendly – to make You/ Your Family/ Your Friends/ Your Colleagues stay healthy and happy.

FIND + AcsaCi products on AMAZON UK

Together with us, is an international experienced & energetic team with more than 10 Years Experience with searching, developing new products/ new projects, to control and assure quality of each product and to supply whole of the world. We are ready to learn to improve our products, from you (our customers), our suppliers and partners and leaders of the market. We will always do our best to aspire to achieve our mission.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR TRUST AND SUPPORT TO BUY ANY ADDACSACI PRODUCT! www.addacsaci.com

H OUSE & GARDEN

FUTURE-PROOF YOUR PERIOD LONDON PROPERTY

D

iscover how Mitchell & Dickinson are helping London homeowners transform their beautiful period properties into energy-efficient, future-ready homes London’s period homes are some of the city’s greatest treasures – full of character, craftsmanship and history. Now, thanks to Mitchell & Dickinson, they can also be warm, efficient and fit for the future. Their elegant, bespoke, and expertly crafted full-home insulation solutions deliver modern comfort without altering the charm that makes your property special. And they offer an impressive return on investment, too.

Their award-winning CosyGlazing, bespoke secondary glazing developed for use in listed and period properties, is a discreet and highly effective system fitted on your existing windows using magnetic tape. The result? A reversible, virtually invisible enhancement that reduces heat loss through windows by up to 70%. When paired with high-quality draught proofing and expert window restoration (which can make even long-stuck sashes glide open effortlessly), the effect is transformational in terms of comfort, functionality, and energy savings.

But CosyGlazing is just one part of their comprehensive, heritage-sensitive approach.

Mitchell & Dickinson also specialise in installing natural, breathable sheep’s wool insulation for under floors and lofts – the places where older properties tend to lose most heat. Cold floors and chilly corners are replaced with even, lasting warmth that honours the integrity of your home’s original design.

3 7 8 M AY 2 0 2 5

“This commitment to quality and service is reflected in their results”

“Everything we do is tailored to your property and sympathetic to its character,” says Tom Coles, managing director at Mitchell & Dickinson.

“And it’s all installed by our own team of skilled craftspeople – no contractors, just experienced professionals who care as much about your home as you do.”

This commitment to quality and service is reflected in their results. “Many clients recoup their investment in under five years through lower heating bills, and return on investment is often over 10%,” Tom explains. “But what we’re really offering is long-term peace of mind. You’re future proofing your home for the next generation.”

One recent customer shared: “From start to finish, Mitchell and Dickinson provided a great service... The final product is almost invisible and we’ve noticed a real difference in warmth and quiet.” Another wrote: “The team were professional and thoughtful throughout – and our draughty old house now feels like a home.”

Alongside insulating thousands of individual period homes, they have also completed projects for the National Trust, The Crown Estate, and the Duchy of Cornwall, so Mitchell & Dickinson’s reputation for excellence is well earned. Their work is subtle, sustainable, and incredibly effective, helping households cut carbon emissions by over two tonnes of CO2 a year, on average.

So whether you live in a Georgian townhouse or a Victorian terrace, insulating with Mitchell & Dickinson is a smart move, for your pocket, your comfort and the planet.

Discover more at mitchellanddickinson.co.uk 020 8087 1747

H OUSE & GARDEN

Floors of Stone

R

ecently we were lucky enough to photograph this picture perfect cottage set in the idyllic Cotswold village of Kingham. This beautiful home saw several rooms showcasing a range of our sandstone, marble and wood flooring options.

A kitchen really is the hub of the home and the owners have done a wonderful job of making this space feel warm and welcoming. Our Chatsworth Oak Parquet is laid throughout which features wonderful golden tones which enhances it’s authentic, aged appearance. Paired perfectly with a mushroom painted kitchen by our sister company, deVOL, it really does provide the most wonderful space.

Our tumbled parquet was then continued into their living room as well as also being used in their master bedroom which helps to give a seamless transition between each room.

To continue downstairs, there was a very impressive entertaining space featuring our Burford Oak Planks which were the perfect fit for this elongated room, the ideal space for hosting drinks with family and friends. The burned edges

3 8 0 M AY 2 0 2 5

and surface of these planks helps to add so much character to a floor which complements the traditional feel of this property.

The timeless feel of this house was well kept by installing our Tudor Stone Sandstone in the hallway and into their utility room. A riven tile displaying many textures which can often be mistaken for an original floor.

Not to forget about the bathroom, a wonderful sanctuary which saw our Talis Tumbled Marble installed throughout the floor. Our Talis Tumbled Marble is a combination of black and white marble tiles which come together to create a very attractive and sought-after chequerboard floor. Priced at just £48 p/m2, you can achieve such a grandeur look even on a smaller budget.

Be sure to check our social media channels for more images from this delightful project, it was a true pleasure to be a part of it. We do offer a free sample service so if you are interested in any of these projects, you can reach out to us via email at enquiries@floorsofstone.com or by phone on 01509 234000.

“Our Talis Tumbled Marble is a combination of black and white marble tiles which come together to create a very attractive and sought-after chequerboard floor”

Hello@felinfach.com w w w. f e l i n f a c h . c o m

Photo © Chris Snook 2022

englishfireplaces.co.uk

020 3179 9700

info@englishfireplaces.co.uk

H OUSE & GARDEN

Enhancing Safety with Style: Fireco Installs 80 New Fire Doors at Lord’s View One

S

ituated in the St. John’s Wood area, Lord’s View One is a prestigious residential block overlooking Lord’s Cricket Ground. As part of a recent full refurbishment, the Residents’ Board prioritised fire safety by replacing all 80 flat entrance fire doors to meet the latest fire regulations and enhance protection for residents.

Fire doors are essential in residential settings, acting as barriers against fire and smoke. Ensuring compliance with current fire safety standards is both a legal requirement and crucial to responsible building management. To achieve this, the residents sought a trusted supplier - and found Fireco.

A frustrating search “We replaced the doors because over half weren’t compliant with current regulations, and the others needed major remedial work,” explains Sima Elli, Chair and Residents’ Project Coordinator. “Given the full refurbishment, a complete replacement made sense.”

Finding the right supplier wasn’t easy. “We contacted about a dozen companies, but many were slow to respond or didn’t offer the full specification we needed,” Sima adds. “None inspired confidence, until we connected with Fireco.”

A seamless solution Fireco’s professional, transparent approach

3 8 2 M AY 2 0 2 5

made an immediate impression. “Alex, their Senior Commercial Manager, was extremely knowledgeable and attentive,” says Sima. “He explained everything with patience, addressing our concerns every step of the way.”

Following a site visit and product demonstrations, the Board ordered 80 FD30S walnut veneer doors with concealed closers. Fireco’s team then handled project management and installation efficiently.

“From site survey to managing the entire project, everything ran smoothly. The veneer doors look beautiful, with excellent acoustic and draught insulation,” Sima adds. “Fireco’s team was genuinely friendly, hardworking, and professional - a rarity these days.”

Summing up her experience, Sima says: “Fireco have been incredible from start to finish. I’m blown away by the level of service we received.

Don’t hesitate to give them a call - I’m very glad we did!”

Why Fireco?

Fireco offers fully certified, primary-tested doorsets and BMTRADA-certified installation services. They also provide fire door inspection services to help property managers maintain compliance.

Visit fireco.uk or call 01273 320650 for expert fire safety solutions.

Watch the video youtube.com/shorts/ spdrk2oXl18

“Fireco have been incredible from start to finish. I’m blown away by the level of service we received. Don’t hesitate to give them a call - I’m very glad we did!”

H OUSE & GARDEN

The drama of feather lighting

I

n South London’s leafy Herne Hill, in a garden studio surrounded by trees, a quiet but intriguing glow emanates from Coldharbour Lights, a boutique lighting brand with a theatrical twist. Founded by actorturned-designer Lottie Davies, the brand has carved a distinct identity in the world of high-end interiors by blending a theatrical sensibility with the elegance of Art Deco and a strong sense of responsibility regarding its carbon footprint.

Lottie trained at the Jacques Lecoq theatre school in Paris where she also studied scenography: experimenting with space, rhythm and form. It is here that the she honed her sense of how objects impact the space they’re in and affect the mood and feelings of the people who interact with them. After years of performing in French and UK theatres, Lottie returned to her maker roots to experiment with materials again; eventually discovering the fascinating qualities of feathers.

Lottie brings an extraordinary sense of atmosphere and storytelling to her creations. Each piece feels like a character heading to its place where it belongs in a scene — lighting not just a room but creating a moment. Her background in theatre is unmistakable: silhouettes are bold, materials are layered for sensory richness and the movement that comes with the materials is enchanting. The result is lighting with presence; it is both beautiful and whimsical.

Coldharbour Lights is proudly independent, and that autonomy is visible in its truly unique aesthetic. Lottie’s characterful work invites curiosity and sparks conversation.

Sustainability and craftsmanship lie at the heart of the brand. The feathers are a by-product of

3 8 4 M AY 2 0 2 5

poultry farming and all elements are UK origin.

Each light is designed and handmade in London.

The process is deliberately intimate, allowing for a bespoke approach that appeals to clients looking for something truly unique. Lottie likes to hear from clients and discuss the story of their home to help them choose the perfect mix of colours.

In a world of mass production, Coldharbour Lights is a refreshing reminder that design can tell a story and doesn’t have to literally cost the earth. coldharbourlights.com

Just Artificial are UK’s leading suppliers of high quality artificial plants, trees, silk flowers and related accessories, which we offer at competitive prices.

Just Artificial work with interior designers, decorators, set dressers, architects and more to set your home apart from the rest. Our artificial plants, flowers, and trees are highly realistic to look and touch, as well as being durable and attractive. We offer Fire Retardant and UV Protected ranges too.

Email sales@justartificial.co.uk

www.justartificial.co.uk

H OUSE & GARDEN

SPRING REFRESH:

NEW HOMEWARE FROM LAURA ASHLEY

B

ring the light, airy feel of spring into your home with soft textures, fresh prints, and timeless details. Our latest homeware collection fe delicate florals, woven throws, and natural wood accents that add warmth and charm.

From cosy cushions and elegant lighting to beautifully scented diffusers, each piece is thoughtfully designed to make your home feel fresh, inviting, and effortlessly stylish for the season. lauraashley.com

3 8 6 M AY 2 0 2 5

YOU HAVE A PERFECT HOME - SO USE A PERFECT PAINT

LAKELAND PAINTS for a perfect finish Est 36yrs

ODOURLESS – ZERO VOC – ORGANIC – NON-TOXIC

“Truly amazing” Lydia “Outstanding” David “Incredible quality” Kelly

LAKELAND PAINTS - ECOS ORGANIC PAINTS ODOURLESS – ZERO VOC – NON-TOXIC *SEE OUR REVIEWS* www.lakelandpaints.co.uk